blob: 6e73f7d773bb3d4b5324f503cea2c27d3415e1f4 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001//===- CodeGenPrepare.cpp - Prepare a function for code generation --------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattnerf3ebc3f2007-12-29 20:36:04 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This pass munges the code in the input function to better prepare it for
Gordon Henriksen829046b2008-05-08 17:46:35 +000011// SelectionDAG-based code generation. This works around limitations in it's
12// basic-block-at-a-time approach. It should eventually be removed.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000013//
14//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000016#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
17#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000018#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000019#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
20#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000021#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
22#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +000024#include "llvm/Analysis/BlockFrequencyInfo.h"
25#include "llvm/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000026#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +000028#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000029#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +000030#include "llvm/Analysis/ProfileSummaryInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth62d42152015-01-15 02:16:27 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
David Blaikie31b98d22018-06-04 21:23:21 +000033#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +000034#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +000035#include "llvm/CodeGen/Analysis.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000036#include "llvm/CodeGen/ISDOpcodes.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000037#include "llvm/CodeGen/SelectionDAGNodes.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000038#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h"
Chandler Carruth6bda14b2017-06-06 11:49:48 +000039#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetPassConfig.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000040#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetSubtargetInfo.h"
Craig Topper2fa14362018-03-29 17:21:10 +000041#include "llvm/CodeGen/ValueTypes.h"
Nico Weber432a3882018-04-30 14:59:11 +000042#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000043#include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
45#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
Chandler Carruth219b89b2014-03-04 11:01:28 +000046#include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000047#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000048#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
49#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
50#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000051#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000052#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
Chandler Carruth03eb0de2014-03-04 10:40:04 +000053#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000054#include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
55#include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000056#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
57#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000058#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
59#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000060#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
61#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000062#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
63#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +000064#include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000065#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
66#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth820a9082014-03-04 11:08:18 +000067#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +000068#include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000069#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
70#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
71#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
72#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
Chandler Carruth4220e9c2014-03-04 11:17:44 +000073#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
Chandler Carrutha4ea2692014-03-04 11:26:31 +000074#include "llvm/IR/ValueMap.h"
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000075#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000076#include "llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h"
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +000077#include "llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000078#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
Evan Cheng8b637b12010-08-17 01:34:49 +000079#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000080#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +000081#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000082#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
David Blaikie13e77db2018-03-23 23:58:25 +000083#include "llvm/Support/MachineValueType.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000084#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000085#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000086#include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
87#include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000088#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +000089#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.h"
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +000090#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000091#include <algorithm>
92#include <cassert>
93#include <cstdint>
94#include <iterator>
95#include <limits>
96#include <memory>
97#include <utility>
98#include <vector>
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000099
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000100using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd616ef52008-11-25 04:42:10 +0000101using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000102
Chandler Carruth1b9dde02014-04-22 02:02:50 +0000103#define DEBUG_TYPE "codegenprepare"
104
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000105STATISTIC(NumBlocksElim, "Number of blocks eliminated");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000106STATISTIC(NumPHIsElim, "Number of trivial PHIs eliminated");
107STATISTIC(NumGEPsElim, "Number of GEPs converted to casts");
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000108STATISTIC(NumCmpUses, "Number of uses of Cmp expressions replaced with uses of "
109 "sunken Cmps");
110STATISTIC(NumCastUses, "Number of uses of Cast expressions replaced with uses "
111 "of sunken Casts");
112STATISTIC(NumMemoryInsts, "Number of memory instructions whose address "
113 "computations were sunk");
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000114STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated,
115 "Number of phis created when address "
116 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
117STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated,
118 "Number of select created when address "
119 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000120STATISTIC(NumExtsMoved, "Number of [s|z]ext instructions combined with loads");
121STATISTIC(NumExtUses, "Number of uses of [s|z]ext instructions optimized");
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +0000122STATISTIC(NumAndsAdded,
123 "Number of and mask instructions added to form ext loads");
124STATISTIC(NumAndUses, "Number of uses of and mask instructions optimized");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000125STATISTIC(NumRetsDup, "Number of return instructions duplicated");
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000126STATISTIC(NumDbgValueMoved, "Number of debug value instructions moved");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000127STATISTIC(NumSelectsExpanded, "Number of selects turned into branches");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000128STATISTIC(NumStoreExtractExposed, "Number of store(extractelement) exposed");
Jakob Stoklund Oleseneb12f492010-09-30 20:51:52 +0000129
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000130static cl::opt<bool> DisableBranchOpts(
131 "disable-cgp-branch-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
132 cl::desc("Disable branch optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
133
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000134static cl::opt<bool>
135 DisableGCOpts("disable-cgp-gc-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
136 cl::desc("Disable GC optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
137
Benjamin Kramer3d38c172012-05-06 14:25:16 +0000138static cl::opt<bool> DisableSelectToBranch(
139 "disable-cgp-select2branch", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
140 cl::desc("Disable select to branch conversion."));
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000141
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000142static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkUsingGEPs(
Eli Friedman5fba1e52017-04-06 22:42:18 +0000143 "addr-sink-using-gep", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000144 cl::desc("Address sinking in CGP using GEPs."));
145
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000146static cl::opt<bool> EnableAndCmpSinking(
147 "enable-andcmp-sinking", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
148 cl::desc("Enable sinkinig and/cmp into branches."));
149
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000150static cl::opt<bool> DisableStoreExtract(
151 "disable-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
152 cl::desc("Disable store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
153
154static cl::opt<bool> StressStoreExtract(
155 "stress-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
156 cl::desc("Stress test store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
157
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000158static cl::opt<bool> DisableExtLdPromotion(
159 "disable-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
160 cl::desc("Disable ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) optimization in "
161 "CodeGenPrepare"));
162
163static cl::opt<bool> StressExtLdPromotion(
164 "stress-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
165 cl::desc("Stress test ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) "
166 "optimization in CodeGenPrepare"));
167
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000168static cl::opt<bool> DisablePreheaderProtect(
169 "disable-preheader-prot", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
170 cl::desc("Disable protection against removing loop preheaders"));
171
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000172static cl::opt<bool> ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix(
David Callahan5960d9b12017-06-14 20:35:33 +0000173 "profile-guided-section-prefix", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true), cl::ZeroOrMore,
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000174 cl::desc("Use profile info to add section prefix for hot/cold functions"));
175
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000176static cl::opt<unsigned> FreqRatioToSkipMerge(
177 "cgp-freq-ratio-to-skip-merge", cl::Hidden, cl::init(2),
178 cl::desc("Skip merging empty blocks if (frequency of empty block) / "
179 "(frequency of destination block) is greater than this ratio"));
180
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +0000181static cl::opt<bool> ForceSplitStore(
182 "force-split-store", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
183 cl::desc("Force store splitting no matter what the target query says."));
184
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000185static cl::opt<bool>
186EnableTypePromotionMerge("cgp-type-promotion-merge", cl::Hidden,
187 cl::desc("Enable merging of redundant sexts when one is dominating"
188 " the other."), cl::init(true));
189
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000190static cl::opt<bool> DisableComplexAddrModes(
Serguei Katkovd4df7442017-11-29 09:48:50 +0000191 "disable-complex-addr-modes", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000192 cl::desc("Disables combining addressing modes with different parts "
193 "in optimizeMemoryInst."));
194
195static cl::opt<bool>
196AddrSinkNewPhis("addr-sink-new-phis", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
197 cl::desc("Allow creation of Phis in Address sinking."));
198
199static cl::opt<bool>
Serguei Katkov9fe05242018-01-26 06:26:56 +0000200AddrSinkNewSelects("addr-sink-new-select", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000201 cl::desc("Allow creation of selects in Address sinking."));
202
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +0000203static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseReg(
204 "addr-sink-combine-base-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
205 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseReg field in Address sinking."));
206
207static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseGV(
208 "addr-sink-combine-base-gv", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
209 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseGV field in Address sinking."));
210
211static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs(
212 "addr-sink-combine-base-offs", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
213 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseOffs field in Address sinking."));
214
215static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineScaledReg(
216 "addr-sink-combine-scaled-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
217 cl::desc("Allow combining of ScaledReg field in Address sinking."));
218
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000219static cl::opt<bool>
220 EnableGEPOffsetSplit("cgp-split-large-offset-gep", cl::Hidden,
221 cl::init(true),
222 cl::desc("Enable splitting large offset of GEP."));
223
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000224namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000225
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +0000226enum ExtType {
227 ZeroExtension, // Zero extension has been seen.
228 SignExtension, // Sign extension has been seen.
229 BothExtension // This extension type is used if we saw sext after
230 // ZeroExtension had been set, or if we saw zext after
231 // SignExtension had been set. It makes the type
232 // information of a promoted instruction invalid.
233};
234
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000235using SetOfInstrs = SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16>;
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +0000236using TypeIsSExt = PointerIntPair<Type *, 2, ExtType>;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000237using InstrToOrigTy = DenseMap<Instruction *, TypeIsSExt>;
238using SExts = SmallVector<Instruction *, 16>;
239using ValueToSExts = DenseMap<Value *, SExts>;
240
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000241class TypePromotionTransaction;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000242
Chris Lattner2dd09db2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000243 class CodeGenPrepare : public FunctionPass {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000244 const TargetMachine *TM = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000245 const TargetSubtargetInfo *SubtargetInfo;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000246 const TargetLowering *TLI = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000247 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000248 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI = nullptr;
Chad Rosierc24b86f2011-12-01 03:08:23 +0000249 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLInfo;
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000250 const LoopInfo *LI;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000251 std::unique_ptr<BlockFrequencyInfo> BFI;
252 std::unique_ptr<BranchProbabilityInfo> BPI;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000253
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000254 /// As we scan instructions optimizing them, this is the next instruction
255 /// to optimize. Transforms that can invalidate this should update it.
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +0000256 BasicBlock::iterator CurInstIterator;
Evan Cheng3b3de7c2008-12-19 18:03:11 +0000257
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000258 /// Keeps track of non-local addresses that have been sunk into a block.
259 /// This allows us to avoid inserting duplicate code for blocks with
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +0000260 /// multiple load/stores of the same address. The usage of WeakTrackingVH
261 /// enables SunkAddrs to be treated as a cache whose entries can be
262 /// invalidated if a sunken address computation has been erased.
263 ValueMap<Value*, WeakTrackingVH> SunkAddrs;
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000264
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000265 /// Keeps track of all instructions inserted for the current function.
266 SetOfInstrs InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000267
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000268 /// Keeps track of the type of the related instruction before their
269 /// promotion for the current function.
270 InstrToOrigTy PromotedInsts;
271
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000272 /// Keep track of instructions removed during promotion.
273 SetOfInstrs RemovedInsts;
274
275 /// Keep track of sext chains based on their initial value.
276 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *> SeenChainsForSExt;
277
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000278 /// Keep track of GEPs accessing the same data structures such as structs or
279 /// arrays that are candidates to be split later because of their large
280 /// size.
David Greene27e87c2018-09-12 10:19:10 +0000281 MapVector<
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000282 AssertingVH<Value>,
283 SmallVector<std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t>, 32>>
284 LargeOffsetGEPMap;
285
286 /// Keep track of new GEP base after splitting the GEPs having large offset.
287 SmallSet<AssertingVH<Value>, 2> NewGEPBases;
288
289 /// Map serial numbers to Large offset GEPs.
290 DenseMap<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int> LargeOffsetGEPID;
291
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000292 /// Keep track of SExt promoted.
293 ValueToSExts ValToSExtendedUses;
294
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000295 /// True if CFG is modified in any way.
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000296 bool ModifiedDT;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000297
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000298 /// True if optimizing for size.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000299 bool OptSize;
300
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000301 /// DataLayout for the Function being processed.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000302 const DataLayout *DL = nullptr;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000303
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000304 public:
Nick Lewyckye7da2d62007-05-06 13:37:16 +0000305 static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000306
307 CodeGenPrepare() : FunctionPass(ID) {
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000308 initializeCodeGenPreparePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
309 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000310
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000311 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000312
Mehdi Amini117296c2016-10-01 02:56:57 +0000313 StringRef getPassName() const override { return "CodeGen Prepare"; }
Evan Cheng99cafb12012-12-21 01:48:14 +0000314
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000315 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +0000316 // FIXME: When we can selectively preserve passes, preserve the domtree.
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000317 AU.addRequired<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000318 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth705b1852015-01-31 03:43:40 +0000319 AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000320 AU.addRequired<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
Andreas Neustifterf8cb7582009-09-16 09:26:52 +0000321 }
322
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000323 private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000324 bool eliminateFallThrough(Function &F);
325 bool eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000326 BasicBlock *findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000327 bool canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB, const BasicBlock *DestBB) const;
328 void eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000329 bool isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *DestBB,
330 bool isPreheader);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000331 bool optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool &ModifiedDT);
332 bool optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool &ModifiedDT);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000333 bool optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
334 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000335 bool optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000336 bool optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000337 bool optimizeExt(Instruction *&I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000338 bool optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000339 bool optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000340 bool optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000341 bool optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI);
342 bool optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000343 bool optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst);
344 bool dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB);
345 bool placeDbgValues(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +0000346 bool canFormExtLd(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts,
347 LoadInst *&LI, Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted);
348 bool tryToPromoteExts(TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
349 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
350 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
351 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000352 bool mergeSExts(Function &F);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000353 bool splitLargeGEPOffsets();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000354 bool performAddressTypePromotion(
355 Instruction *&Inst,
356 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
357 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
358 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000359 bool splitBranchCondition(Function &F);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000360 bool simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000361 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000362
363} // end anonymous namespace
Devang Patel09f162c2007-05-01 21:15:47 +0000364
Devang Patel8c78a0b2007-05-03 01:11:54 +0000365char CodeGenPrepare::ID = 0;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000366
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000367INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000368 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000369INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass)
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000370INITIALIZE_PASS_END(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000371 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000372
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000373FunctionPass *llvm::createCodeGenPreparePass() { return new CodeGenPrepare(); }
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000374
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000375bool CodeGenPrepare::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Andrew Kayloraa641a52016-04-22 22:06:11 +0000376 if (skipFunction(F))
Paul Robinson7c99ec52014-03-31 17:43:35 +0000377 return false;
378
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000379 DL = &F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
380
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000381 bool EverMadeChange = false;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000382 // Clear per function information.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000383 InsertedInsts.clear();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000384 PromotedInsts.clear();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000385
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000386 ModifiedDT = false;
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000387 if (auto *TPC = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetPassConfig>()) {
388 TM = &TPC->getTM<TargetMachine>();
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000389 SubtargetInfo = TM->getSubtargetImpl(F);
390 TLI = SubtargetInfo->getTargetLowering();
391 TRI = SubtargetInfo->getRegisterInfo();
392 }
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000393 TLInfo = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
Chandler Carruthfdb9c572015-02-01 12:01:35 +0000394 TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000395 LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000396 BPI.reset(new BranchProbabilityInfo(F, *LI));
397 BFI.reset(new BlockFrequencyInfo(F, *BPI, *LI));
Sanjay Patel82d91dd2015-08-11 19:39:36 +0000398 OptSize = F.optForSize();
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000399
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000400 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
401 getAnalysis<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>().getPSI();
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000402 if (ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix) {
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000403 if (PSI->isFunctionHotInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000404 F.setSectionPrefix(".hot");
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000405 else if (PSI->isFunctionColdInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Teresa Johnson720d9b42017-05-09 01:43:24 +0000406 F.setSectionPrefix(".unlikely");
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000407 }
408
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000409 /// This optimization identifies DIV instructions that can be
410 /// profitably bypassed and carried out with a shorter, faster divide.
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000411 if (!OptSize && !PSI->hasHugeWorkingSetSize() && TLI &&
412 TLI->isSlowDivBypassed()) {
Preston Gurd0d67f512012-10-04 21:33:40 +0000413 const DenseMap<unsigned int, unsigned int> &BypassWidths =
414 TLI->getBypassSlowDivWidths();
Eric Christopher49a7d6c2016-01-04 23:18:58 +0000415 BasicBlock* BB = &*F.begin();
416 while (BB != nullptr) {
417 // bypassSlowDivision may create new BBs, but we don't want to reapply the
418 // optimization to those blocks.
419 BasicBlock* Next = BB->getNextNode();
420 EverMadeChange |= bypassSlowDivision(BB, BypassWidths);
421 BB = Next;
422 }
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000423 }
424
425 // Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes and an
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000426 // unconditional branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000427 EverMadeChange |= eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(F);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000428
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +0000429 if (!DisableBranchOpts)
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000430 EverMadeChange |= splitBranchCondition(F);
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000431
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000432 // Split some critical edges where one of the sources is an indirect branch,
433 // to help generate sane code for PHIs involving such edges.
Hiroshi Yamauchi9364fa32017-12-04 20:36:01 +0000434 EverMadeChange |= SplitIndirectBrCriticalEdges(F);
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000435
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000436 bool MadeChange = true;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000437 while (MadeChange) {
438 MadeChange = false;
Hans Wennborg02fbc712012-09-19 07:48:16 +0000439 for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(); I != F.end(); ) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000440 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000441 bool ModifiedDTOnIteration = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000442 MadeChange |= optimizeBlock(*BB, ModifiedDTOnIteration);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000443
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000444 // Restart BB iteration if the dominator tree of the Function was changed
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000445 if (ModifiedDTOnIteration)
446 break;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000447 }
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000448 if (EnableTypePromotionMerge && !ValToSExtendedUses.empty())
449 MadeChange |= mergeSExts(F);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000450 if (!LargeOffsetGEPMap.empty())
451 MadeChange |= splitLargeGEPOffsets();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000452
453 // Really free removed instructions during promotion.
454 for (Instruction *I : RemovedInsts)
Reid Kleckner96ab8722017-05-18 17:24:10 +0000455 I->deleteValue();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000456
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000457 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
Peter Collingbourneabd820a2018-10-23 21:23:18 +0000458 SeenChainsForSExt.clear();
459 ValToSExtendedUses.clear();
460 RemovedInsts.clear();
461 LargeOffsetGEPMap.clear();
462 LargeOffsetGEPID.clear();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000463 }
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000464
465 SunkAddrs.clear();
466
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000467 if (!DisableBranchOpts) {
468 MadeChange = false;
David Stenberg23bba562018-07-02 14:23:48 +0000469 // Use a set vector to get deterministic iteration order. The order the
470 // blocks are removed may affect whether or not PHI nodes in successors
471 // are removed.
472 SmallSetVector<BasicBlock*, 8> WorkList;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +0000473 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
474 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 2> Successors(succ_begin(&BB), succ_end(&BB));
475 MadeChange |= ConstantFoldTerminator(&BB, true);
Bill Wendling97b93592012-03-04 10:46:01 +0000476 if (!MadeChange) continue;
477
478 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
479 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
480 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
481 WorkList.insert(*II);
482 }
483
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000484 // Delete the dead blocks and any of their dead successors.
Bill Wendlingab417b62012-12-06 00:30:20 +0000485 MadeChange |= !WorkList.empty();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000486 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
David Stenberg23bba562018-07-02 14:23:48 +0000487 BasicBlock *BB = WorkList.pop_back_val();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000488 SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 2> Successors(succ_begin(BB), succ_end(BB));
489
490 DeleteDeadBlock(BB);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +0000491
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000492 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
493 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
494 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
495 WorkList.insert(*II);
496 }
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000497
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000498 // Merge pairs of basic blocks with unconditional branches, connected by
499 // a single edge.
500 if (EverMadeChange || MadeChange)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000501 MadeChange |= eliminateFallThrough(F);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000502
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000503 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
504 }
505
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000506 if (!DisableGCOpts) {
507 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Statepoints;
508 for (BasicBlock &BB : F)
509 for (Instruction &I : BB)
510 if (isStatepoint(I))
511 Statepoints.push_back(&I);
512 for (auto &I : Statepoints)
513 EverMadeChange |= simplifyOffsetableRelocate(*I);
514 }
515
Vedant Kumar30406fd2018-08-21 23:43:08 +0000516 // Do this last to clean up use-before-def scenarios introduced by other
517 // preparatory transforms.
518 EverMadeChange |= placeDbgValues(F);
519
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000520 return EverMadeChange;
521}
522
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000523/// Merge basic blocks which are connected by a single edge, where one of the
524/// basic blocks has a single successor pointing to the other basic block,
525/// which has a single predecessor.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000526bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateFallThrough(Function &F) {
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000527 bool Changed = false;
528 // Scan all of the blocks in the function, except for the entry block.
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000529 // Use a temporary array to avoid iterator being invalidated when
530 // deleting blocks.
531 SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 16> Blocks;
532 for (auto &Block : llvm::make_range(std::next(F.begin()), F.end()))
533 Blocks.push_back(&Block);
534
535 for (auto &Block : Blocks) {
536 auto *BB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(Block);
537 if (!BB)
538 continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000539 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial
540 // edge, just collapse it.
541 BasicBlock *SinglePred = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
542
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +0000543 // Don't merge if BB's address is taken.
544 if (!SinglePred || SinglePred == BB || BB->hasAddressTaken()) continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000545
546 BranchInst *Term = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(SinglePred->getTerminator());
547 if (Term && !Term->isConditional()) {
548 Changed = true;
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000549 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "To merge:\n" << *BB << "\n\n\n");
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000550
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000551 // Merge BB into SinglePred and delete it.
552 MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(BB);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000553 }
554 }
555 return Changed;
556}
557
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000558/// Find a destination block from BB if BB is mergeable empty block.
559BasicBlock *CodeGenPrepare::findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
560 // If this block doesn't end with an uncond branch, ignore it.
561 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
562 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional())
563 return nullptr;
564
565 // If the instruction before the branch (skipping debug info) isn't a phi
566 // node, then other stuff is happening here.
567 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BI->getIterator();
568 if (BBI != BB->begin()) {
569 --BBI;
570 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI)) {
571 if (BBI == BB->begin())
572 break;
573 --BBI;
574 }
575 if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) && !isa<PHINode>(BBI))
576 return nullptr;
577 }
578
579 // Do not break infinite loops.
580 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
581 if (DestBB == BB)
582 return nullptr;
583
584 if (!canMergeBlocks(BB, DestBB))
585 DestBB = nullptr;
586
587 return DestBB;
588}
589
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000590/// Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes, debug info directives, and an
591/// unconditional branch. Passes before isel (e.g. LSR/loopsimplify) often split
592/// edges in ways that are non-optimal for isel. Start by eliminating these
593/// blocks so we can split them the way we want them.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000594bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F) {
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000595 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> Preheaders;
596 SmallVector<Loop *, 16> LoopList(LI->begin(), LI->end());
597 while (!LoopList.empty()) {
598 Loop *L = LoopList.pop_back_val();
599 LoopList.insert(LoopList.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
600 if (BasicBlock *Preheader = L->getLoopPreheader())
601 Preheaders.insert(Preheader);
602 }
603
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000604 bool MadeChange = false;
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000605 // Copy blocks into a temporary array to avoid iterator invalidation issues
606 // as we remove them.
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000607 // Note that this intentionally skips the entry block.
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000608 SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 16> Blocks;
609 for (auto &Block : llvm::make_range(std::next(F.begin()), F.end()))
610 Blocks.push_back(&Block);
611
612 for (auto &Block : Blocks) {
613 BasicBlock *BB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(Block);
614 if (!BB)
615 continue;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000616 BasicBlock *DestBB = findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BB);
617 if (!DestBB ||
618 !isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BB, DestBB, Preheaders.count(BB)))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000619 continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000620
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000621 eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BB);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000622 MadeChange = true;
623 }
624 return MadeChange;
625}
626
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000627bool CodeGenPrepare::isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB,
628 BasicBlock *DestBB,
629 bool isPreheader) {
630 // Do not delete loop preheaders if doing so would create a critical edge.
631 // Loop preheaders can be good locations to spill registers. If the
632 // preheader is deleted and we create a critical edge, registers may be
633 // spilled in the loop body instead.
634 if (!DisablePreheaderProtect && isPreheader &&
635 !(BB->getSinglePredecessor() &&
636 BB->getSinglePredecessor()->getSingleSuccessor()))
637 return false;
638
639 // Try to skip merging if the unique predecessor of BB is terminated by a
640 // switch or indirect branch instruction, and BB is used as an incoming block
641 // of PHIs in DestBB. In such case, merging BB and DestBB would cause ISel to
642 // add COPY instructions in the predecessor of BB instead of BB (if it is not
643 // merged). Note that the critical edge created by merging such blocks wont be
644 // split in MachineSink because the jump table is not analyzable. By keeping
645 // such empty block (BB), ISel will place COPY instructions in BB, not in the
646 // predecessor of BB.
647 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
648 if (!Pred ||
649 !(isa<SwitchInst>(Pred->getTerminator()) ||
650 isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())))
651 return true;
652
Jonas Devlieghere42243df2018-08-07 12:14:01 +0000653 if (BB->getTerminator() != BB->getFirstNonPHIOrDbg())
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000654 return true;
655
656 // We use a simple cost heuristic which determine skipping merging is
657 // profitable if the cost of skipping merging is less than the cost of
658 // merging : Cost(skipping merging) < Cost(merging BB), where the
659 // Cost(skipping merging) is Freq(BB) * (Cost(Copy) + Cost(Branch)), and
660 // the Cost(merging BB) is Freq(Pred) * Cost(Copy).
661 // Assuming Cost(Copy) == Cost(Branch), we could simplify it to :
662 // Freq(Pred) / Freq(BB) > 2.
663 // Note that if there are multiple empty blocks sharing the same incoming
664 // value for the PHIs in the DestBB, we consider them together. In such
665 // case, Cost(merging BB) will be the sum of their frequencies.
666
667 if (!isa<PHINode>(DestBB->begin()))
668 return true;
669
670 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> SameIncomingValueBBs;
671
672 // Find all other incoming blocks from which incoming values of all PHIs in
673 // DestBB are the same as the ones from BB.
674 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(DestBB), E = pred_end(DestBB); PI != E;
675 ++PI) {
676 BasicBlock *DestBBPred = *PI;
677 if (DestBBPred == BB)
678 continue;
679
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000680 if (llvm::all_of(DestBB->phis(), [&](const PHINode &DestPN) {
681 return DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB) ==
682 DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(DestBBPred);
683 }))
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000684 SameIncomingValueBBs.insert(DestBBPred);
685 }
686
687 // See if all BB's incoming values are same as the value from Pred. In this
688 // case, no reason to skip merging because COPYs are expected to be place in
689 // Pred already.
690 if (SameIncomingValueBBs.count(Pred))
691 return true;
692
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000693 BlockFrequency PredFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(Pred);
694 BlockFrequency BBFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(BB);
695
696 for (auto SameValueBB : SameIncomingValueBBs)
697 if (SameValueBB->getUniquePredecessor() == Pred &&
698 DestBB == findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(SameValueBB))
699 BBFreq += BFI->getBlockFreq(SameValueBB);
700
701 return PredFreq.getFrequency() <=
702 BBFreq.getFrequency() * FreqRatioToSkipMerge;
703}
704
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000705/// Return true if we can merge BB into DestBB if there is a single
706/// unconditional branch between them, and BB contains no other non-phi
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000707/// instructions.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000708bool CodeGenPrepare::canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB,
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000709 const BasicBlock *DestBB) const {
710 // We only want to eliminate blocks whose phi nodes are used by phi nodes in
711 // the successor. If there are more complex condition (e.g. preheaders),
712 // don't mess around with them.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000713 for (const PHINode &PN : BB->phis()) {
714 for (const User *U : PN.users()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000715 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
716 if (UI->getParent() != DestBB || !isa<PHINode>(UI))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000717 return false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000718 // If User is inside DestBB block and it is a PHINode then check
719 // incoming value. If incoming value is not from BB then this is
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000720 // a complex condition (e.g. preheaders) we want to avoid here.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000721 if (UI->getParent() == DestBB) {
722 if (const PHINode *UPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI))
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000723 for (unsigned I = 0, E = UPN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
724 Instruction *Insn = dyn_cast<Instruction>(UPN->getIncomingValue(I));
725 if (Insn && Insn->getParent() == BB &&
726 Insn->getParent() != UPN->getIncomingBlock(I))
727 return false;
728 }
729 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000730 }
731 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000732
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000733 // If BB and DestBB contain any common predecessors, then the phi nodes in BB
734 // and DestBB may have conflicting incoming values for the block. If so, we
735 // can't merge the block.
736 const PHINode *DestBBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(DestBB->begin());
737 if (!DestBBPN) return true; // no conflict.
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000738
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000739 // Collect the preds of BB.
Chris Lattner8201a9b2007-11-06 22:07:40 +0000740 SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock*, 16> BBPreds;
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000741 if (const PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
742 // It is faster to get preds from a PHI than with pred_iterator.
743 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
744 BBPreds.insert(BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
745 } else {
746 BBPreds.insert(pred_begin(BB), pred_end(BB));
747 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000748
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000749 // Walk the preds of DestBB.
750 for (unsigned i = 0, e = DestBBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
751 BasicBlock *Pred = DestBBPN->getIncomingBlock(i);
752 if (BBPreds.count(Pred)) { // Common predecessor?
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000753 for (const PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
754 const Value *V1 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
755 const Value *V2 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000756
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000757 // If V2 is a phi node in BB, look up what the mapped value will be.
758 if (const PHINode *V2PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V2))
759 if (V2PN->getParent() == BB)
760 V2 = V2PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000761
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000762 // If there is a conflict, bail out.
763 if (V1 != V2) return false;
764 }
765 }
766 }
767
768 return true;
769}
770
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000771/// Eliminate a basic block that has only phi's and an unconditional branch in
772/// it.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000773void CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000774 BranchInst *BI = cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
775 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000776
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000777 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "MERGING MOSTLY EMPTY BLOCKS - BEFORE:\n"
778 << *BB << *DestBB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000779
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000780 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial edge,
781 // just collapse it.
Chris Lattner4059f432008-11-27 19:29:14 +0000782 if (BasicBlock *SinglePred = DestBB->getSinglePredecessor()) {
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000783 if (SinglePred != DestBB) {
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000784 assert(SinglePred == BB &&
785 "Single predecessor not the same as predecessor");
786 // Merge DestBB into SinglePred/BB and delete it.
787 MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(DestBB);
788 // Note: BB(=SinglePred) will not be deleted on this path.
789 // DestBB(=its single successor) is the one that was deleted.
790 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *SinglePred << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000791 return;
792 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000793 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000794
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000795 // Otherwise, we have multiple predecessors of BB. Update the PHIs in DestBB
796 // to handle the new incoming edges it is about to have.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000797 for (PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000798 // Remove the incoming value for BB, and remember it.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000799 Value *InVal = PN.removeIncomingValue(BB, false);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000800
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000801 // Two options: either the InVal is a phi node defined in BB or it is some
802 // value that dominates BB.
803 PHINode *InValPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(InVal);
804 if (InValPhi && InValPhi->getParent() == BB) {
805 // Add all of the input values of the input PHI as inputs of this phi.
806 for (unsigned i = 0, e = InValPhi->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000807 PN.addIncoming(InValPhi->getIncomingValue(i),
808 InValPhi->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000809 } else {
810 // Otherwise, add one instance of the dominating value for each edge that
811 // we will be adding.
812 if (PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
813 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000814 PN.addIncoming(InVal, BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000815 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000816 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000817 PN.addIncoming(InVal, *PI);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000818 }
819 }
820 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000821
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000822 // The PHIs are now updated, change everything that refers to BB to use
823 // DestBB and remove BB.
824 BB->replaceAllUsesWith(DestBB);
825 BB->eraseFromParent();
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000826 ++NumBlocksElim;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000827
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000828 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *DestBB << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000829}
830
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000831// Computes a map of base pointer relocation instructions to corresponding
832// derived pointer relocation instructions given a vector of all relocate calls
833static void computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000834 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &AllRelocateCalls,
835 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>>
836 &RelocateInstMap) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000837 // Collect information in two maps: one primarily for locating the base object
838 // while filling the second map; the second map is the final structure holding
839 // a mapping between Base and corresponding Derived relocate calls
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000840 DenseMap<std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>, GCRelocateInst *> RelocateIdxMap;
841 for (auto *ThisRelocate : AllRelocateCalls) {
842 auto K = std::make_pair(ThisRelocate->getBasePtrIndex(),
843 ThisRelocate->getDerivedPtrIndex());
844 RelocateIdxMap.insert(std::make_pair(K, ThisRelocate));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000845 }
846 for (auto &Item : RelocateIdxMap) {
847 std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> Key = Item.first;
848 if (Key.first == Key.second)
849 // Base relocation: nothing to insert
850 continue;
851
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000852 GCRelocateInst *I = Item.second;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000853 auto BaseKey = std::make_pair(Key.first, Key.first);
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000854
855 // We're iterating over RelocateIdxMap so we cannot modify it.
856 auto MaybeBase = RelocateIdxMap.find(BaseKey);
857 if (MaybeBase == RelocateIdxMap.end())
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000858 // TODO: We might want to insert a new base object relocate and gep off
859 // that, if there are enough derived object relocates.
860 continue;
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000861
862 RelocateInstMap[MaybeBase->second].push_back(I);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000863 }
864}
865
866// Accepts a GEP and extracts the operands into a vector provided they're all
867// small integer constants
868static bool getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
869 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &OffsetV) {
870 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++) {
871 // Only accept small constant integer operands
872 auto Op = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i));
873 if (!Op || Op->getZExtValue() > 20)
874 return false;
875 }
876
877 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++)
878 OffsetV.push_back(GEP->getOperand(i));
879 return true;
880}
881
882// Takes a RelocatedBase (base pointer relocation instruction) and Targets to
883// replace, computes a replacement, and affects it.
884static bool
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000885simplifyRelocatesOffABase(GCRelocateInst *RelocatedBase,
886 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &Targets) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000887 bool MadeChange = false;
Serguei Katkov9e5604d2017-08-17 05:48:30 +0000888 // We must ensure the relocation of derived pointer is defined after
889 // relocation of base pointer. If we find a relocation corresponding to base
890 // defined earlier than relocation of base then we move relocation of base
891 // right before found relocation. We consider only relocation in the same
892 // basic block as relocation of base. Relocations from other basic block will
893 // be skipped by optimization and we do not care about them.
894 for (auto R = RelocatedBase->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt();
895 &*R != RelocatedBase; ++R)
896 if (auto RI = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(R))
897 if (RI->getStatepoint() == RelocatedBase->getStatepoint())
898 if (RI->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex()) {
899 RelocatedBase->moveBefore(RI);
900 break;
901 }
902
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000903 for (GCRelocateInst *ToReplace : Targets) {
904 assert(ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex() &&
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000905 "Not relocating a derived object of the original base object");
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000906 if (ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == ToReplace->getDerivedPtrIndex()) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000907 // A duplicate relocate call. TODO: coalesce duplicates.
908 continue;
909 }
910
Igor Laevskyf637b4a2015-11-03 18:37:40 +0000911 if (RelocatedBase->getParent() != ToReplace->getParent()) {
912 // Base and derived relocates are in different basic blocks.
913 // In this case transform is only valid when base dominates derived
914 // relocate. However it would be too expensive to check dominance
915 // for each such relocate, so we skip the whole transformation.
916 continue;
917 }
918
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000919 Value *Base = ToReplace->getBasePtr();
920 auto Derived = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(ToReplace->getDerivedPtr());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000921 if (!Derived || Derived->getPointerOperand() != Base)
922 continue;
923
924 SmallVector<Value *, 2> OffsetV;
925 if (!getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(Derived, OffsetV))
926 continue;
927
928 // Create a Builder and replace the target callsite with a gep
Sanjay Patel545a4562016-01-20 18:59:16 +0000929 assert(RelocatedBase->getNextNode() &&
930 "Should always have one since it's not a terminator");
Sanjoy Das3d705e32015-05-11 23:47:30 +0000931
932 // Insert after RelocatedBase
933 IRBuilder<> Builder(RelocatedBase->getNextNode());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000934 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(ToReplace->getDebugLoc());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000935
936 // If gc_relocate does not match the actual type, cast it to the right type.
937 // In theory, there must be a bitcast after gc_relocate if the type does not
938 // match, and we should reuse it to get the derived pointer. But it could be
939 // cases like this:
940 // bb1:
941 // ...
942 // %g1 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
943 // br label %merge
944 //
945 // bb2:
946 // ...
947 // %g2 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
948 // br label %merge
949 //
950 // merge:
951 // %p1 = phi i8 addrspace(1)* [ %g1, %bb1 ], [ %g2, %bb2 ]
952 // %cast = bitcast i8 addrspace(1)* %p1 in to i32 addrspace(1)*
953 //
954 // In this case, we can not find the bitcast any more. So we insert a new bitcast
955 // no matter there is already one or not. In this way, we can handle all cases, and
956 // the extra bitcast should be optimized away in later passes.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000957 Value *ActualRelocatedBase = RelocatedBase;
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000958 if (RelocatedBase->getType() != Base->getType()) {
959 ActualRelocatedBase =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000960 Builder.CreateBitCast(RelocatedBase, Base->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000961 }
David Blaikie68d535c2015-03-24 22:38:16 +0000962 Value *Replacement = Builder.CreateGEP(
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000963 Derived->getSourceElementType(), ActualRelocatedBase, makeArrayRef(OffsetV));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000964 Replacement->takeName(ToReplace);
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000965 // If the newly generated derived pointer's type does not match the original derived
966 // pointer's type, cast the new derived pointer to match it. Same reasoning as above.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000967 Value *ActualReplacement = Replacement;
968 if (Replacement->getType() != ToReplace->getType()) {
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000969 ActualReplacement =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000970 Builder.CreateBitCast(Replacement, ToReplace->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000971 }
972 ToReplace->replaceAllUsesWith(ActualReplacement);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000973 ToReplace->eraseFromParent();
974
975 MadeChange = true;
976 }
977 return MadeChange;
978}
979
980// Turns this:
981//
982// %base = ...
983// %ptr = gep %base + 15
984// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
985// %base' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
986// %ptr' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 5)
987// %val = load %ptr'
988//
989// into this:
990//
991// %base = ...
992// %ptr = gep %base + 15
993// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
994// %base' = gc.relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
995// %ptr' = gep %base' + 15
996// %val = load %ptr'
997bool CodeGenPrepare::simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I) {
998 bool MadeChange = false;
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000999 SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2> AllRelocateCalls;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001000
1001 for (auto *U : I.users())
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001002 if (GCRelocateInst *Relocate = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(U))
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001003 // Collect all the relocate calls associated with a statepoint
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001004 AllRelocateCalls.push_back(Relocate);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001005
1006 // We need atleast one base pointer relocation + one derived pointer
1007 // relocation to mangle
1008 if (AllRelocateCalls.size() < 2)
1009 return false;
1010
1011 // RelocateInstMap is a mapping from the base relocate instruction to the
1012 // corresponding derived relocate instructions
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001013 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>> RelocateInstMap;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001014 computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(AllRelocateCalls, RelocateInstMap);
1015 if (RelocateInstMap.empty())
1016 return false;
1017
1018 for (auto &Item : RelocateInstMap)
1019 // Item.first is the RelocatedBase to offset against
1020 // Item.second is the vector of Targets to replace
1021 MadeChange = simplifyRelocatesOffABase(Item.first, Item.second);
1022 return MadeChange;
1023}
1024
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001025/// SinkCast - Sink the specified cast instruction into its user blocks
1026static bool SinkCast(CastInst *CI) {
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001027 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001028
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001029 /// InsertedCasts - Only insert a cast in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001030 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CastInst*> InsertedCasts;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001031
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001032 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001033 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001034 UI != E; ) {
1035 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1036 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001037
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001038 // Figure out which BB this cast is used in. For PHI's this is the
1039 // appropriate predecessor block.
1040 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1041 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(User)) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001042 UserBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(TheUse);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001043 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001044
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001045 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1046 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001047
David Majnemer0c80e2e2016-04-27 19:36:38 +00001048 // The first insertion point of a block containing an EH pad is after the
1049 // pad. If the pad is the user, we cannot sink the cast past the pad.
1050 if (User->isEHPad())
1051 continue;
1052
Andrew Kaylord0430e82015-11-23 19:16:15 +00001053 // If the block selected to receive the cast is an EH pad that does not
1054 // allow non-PHI instructions before the terminator, we can't sink the
1055 // cast.
1056 if (UserBB->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
1057 continue;
1058
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001059 // If this user is in the same block as the cast, don't change the cast.
1060 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001061
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001062 // If we have already inserted a cast into this block, use it.
1063 CastInst *&InsertedCast = InsertedCasts[UserBB];
1064
1065 if (!InsertedCast) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001066 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001067 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
1068 InsertedCast = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getOperand(0),
1069 CI->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar9374c042018-05-23 22:03:48 +00001070 InsertedCast->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc());
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001071 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001072
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001073 // Replace a use of the cast with a use of the new cast.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001074 TheUse = InsertedCast;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001075 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001076 ++NumCastUses;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001077 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001078
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001079 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cast.
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001080 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Adrian Prantl261ac8b2017-11-03 21:55:03 +00001081 salvageDebugInfo(*CI);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001082 CI->eraseFromParent();
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001083 MadeChange = true;
1084 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001085
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001086 return MadeChange;
1087}
1088
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001089/// If the specified cast instruction is a noop copy (e.g. it's casting from
1090/// one pointer type to another, i32->i8 on PPC), sink it into user blocks to
1091/// reduce the number of virtual registers that must be created and coalesced.
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001092///
1093/// Return true if any changes are made.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001094static bool OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CastInst *CI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
1095 const DataLayout &DL) {
Justin Lebar3e50a5b2016-11-21 22:49:15 +00001096 // Sink only "cheap" (or nop) address-space casts. This is a weaker condition
1097 // than sinking only nop casts, but is helpful on some platforms.
1098 if (auto *ASC = dyn_cast<AddrSpaceCastInst>(CI)) {
1099 if (!TLI.isCheapAddrSpaceCast(ASC->getSrcAddressSpace(),
1100 ASC->getDestAddressSpace()))
1101 return false;
1102 }
1103
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001104 // If this is a noop copy,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001105 EVT SrcVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getOperand(0)->getType());
1106 EVT DstVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getType());
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001107
1108 // This is an fp<->int conversion?
1109 if (SrcVT.isInteger() != DstVT.isInteger())
1110 return false;
1111
1112 // If this is an extension, it will be a zero or sign extension, which
1113 // isn't a noop.
1114 if (SrcVT.bitsLT(DstVT)) return false;
1115
1116 // If these values will be promoted, find out what they will be promoted
1117 // to. This helps us consider truncates on PPC as noop copies when they
1118 // are.
1119 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), SrcVT) ==
1120 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1121 SrcVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), SrcVT);
1122 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), DstVT) ==
1123 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1124 DstVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), DstVT);
1125
1126 // If, after promotion, these are the same types, this is a noop copy.
1127 if (SrcVT != DstVT)
1128 return false;
1129
1130 return SinkCast(CI);
1131}
1132
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001133/// Try to combine CI into a call to the llvm.uadd.with.overflow intrinsic if
1134/// possible.
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001135///
1136/// Return true if any changes were made.
1137static bool CombineUAddWithOverflow(CmpInst *CI) {
1138 Value *A, *B;
1139 Instruction *AddI;
1140 if (!match(CI,
1141 m_UAddWithOverflow(m_Value(A), m_Value(B), m_Instruction(AddI))))
1142 return false;
1143
1144 Type *Ty = AddI->getType();
1145 if (!isa<IntegerType>(Ty))
1146 return false;
1147
1148 // We don't want to move around uses of condition values this late, so we we
1149 // check if it is legal to create the call to the intrinsic in the basic
1150 // block containing the icmp:
1151
1152 if (AddI->getParent() != CI->getParent() && !AddI->hasOneUse())
1153 return false;
1154
1155#ifndef NDEBUG
1156 // Someday m_UAddWithOverflow may get smarter, but this is a safe assumption
1157 // for now:
1158 if (AddI->hasOneUse())
1159 assert(*AddI->user_begin() == CI && "expected!");
1160#endif
1161
Sanjay Patelaf674fb2015-12-14 17:24:23 +00001162 Module *M = CI->getModule();
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001163 Value *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow, Ty);
1164
1165 auto *InsertPt = AddI->hasOneUse() ? CI : AddI;
1166
Vedant Kumara85ca3d2018-08-22 18:15:03 +00001167 DebugLoc Loc = CI->getDebugLoc();
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001168 auto *UAddWithOverflow =
1169 CallInst::Create(F, {A, B}, "uadd.overflow", InsertPt);
Vedant Kumara85ca3d2018-08-22 18:15:03 +00001170 UAddWithOverflow->setDebugLoc(Loc);
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001171 auto *UAdd = ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 0, "uadd", InsertPt);
Vedant Kumara85ca3d2018-08-22 18:15:03 +00001172 UAdd->setDebugLoc(Loc);
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001173 auto *Overflow =
1174 ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 1, "overflow", InsertPt);
Vedant Kumara85ca3d2018-08-22 18:15:03 +00001175 Overflow->setDebugLoc(Loc);
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001176
1177 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Overflow);
1178 AddI->replaceAllUsesWith(UAdd);
1179 CI->eraseFromParent();
1180 AddI->eraseFromParent();
1181 return true;
1182}
1183
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001184/// Sink the given CmpInst into user blocks to reduce the number of virtual
1185/// registers that must be created and coalesced. This is a clear win except on
1186/// targets with multiple condition code registers (PowerPC), where it might
1187/// lose; some adjustment may be wanted there.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001188///
1189/// Return true if any changes are made.
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001190static bool SinkCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI, const TargetLowering *TLI) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001191 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001192
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001193 // Avoid sinking soft-FP comparisons, since this can move them into a loop.
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001194 if (TLI && TLI->useSoftFloat() && isa<FCmpInst>(CI))
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001195 return false;
1196
1197 // Only insert a cmp in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001198 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CmpInst*> InsertedCmps;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001199
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001200 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001201 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001202 UI != E; ) {
1203 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1204 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001205
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001206 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1207 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001208
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001209 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1210 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1211 continue;
1212
1213 // Figure out which BB this cmp is used in.
1214 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001215
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001216 // If this user is in the same block as the cmp, don't change the cmp.
1217 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001218
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001219 // If we have already inserted a cmp into this block, use it.
1220 CmpInst *&InsertedCmp = InsertedCmps[UserBB];
1221
1222 if (!InsertedCmp) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001223 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001224 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001225 InsertedCmp =
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001226 CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getPredicate(),
1227 CI->getOperand(0), CI->getOperand(1), "", &*InsertPt);
Wolfgang Piebe51bede2016-10-06 21:43:45 +00001228 // Propagate the debug info.
1229 InsertedCmp->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc());
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001230 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001231
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001232 // Replace a use of the cmp with a use of the new cmp.
1233 TheUse = InsertedCmp;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001234 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001235 ++NumCmpUses;
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001236 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001237
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001238 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cmp.
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001239 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001240 CI->eraseFromParent();
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001241 MadeChange = true;
1242 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001243
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001244 return MadeChange;
1245}
1246
Peter Zotovf87e5502016-04-03 17:11:53 +00001247static bool OptimizeCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI, const TargetLowering *TLI) {
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001248 if (SinkCmpExpression(CI, TLI))
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001249 return true;
1250
1251 if (CombineUAddWithOverflow(CI))
1252 return true;
1253
1254 return false;
1255}
1256
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001257/// Duplicate and sink the given 'and' instruction into user blocks where it is
1258/// used in a compare to allow isel to generate better code for targets where
1259/// this operation can be combined.
1260///
1261/// Return true if any changes are made.
1262static bool sinkAndCmp0Expression(Instruction *AndI,
1263 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1264 SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts) {
1265 // Double-check that we're not trying to optimize an instruction that was
1266 // already optimized by some other part of this pass.
1267 assert(!InsertedInsts.count(AndI) &&
1268 "Attempting to optimize already optimized and instruction");
1269 (void) InsertedInsts;
1270
1271 // Nothing to do for single use in same basic block.
1272 if (AndI->hasOneUse() &&
1273 AndI->getParent() == cast<Instruction>(*AndI->user_begin())->getParent())
1274 return false;
1275
1276 // Try to avoid cases where sinking/duplicating is likely to increase register
1277 // pressure.
1278 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(0)) &&
1279 !isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(1)) &&
1280 AndI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && AndI->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse())
1281 return false;
1282
1283 for (auto *U : AndI->users()) {
1284 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U);
1285
1286 // Only sink for and mask feeding icmp with 0.
1287 if (!isa<ICmpInst>(User))
1288 return false;
1289
1290 auto *CmpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1));
1291 if (!CmpC || !CmpC->isZero())
1292 return false;
1293 }
1294
1295 if (!TLI.isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(*AndI))
1296 return false;
1297
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001298 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "found 'and' feeding only icmp 0;\n");
1299 LLVM_DEBUG(AndI->getParent()->dump());
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001300
1301 // Push the 'and' into the same block as the icmp 0. There should only be
1302 // one (icmp (and, 0)) in each block, since CSE/GVN should have removed any
1303 // others, so we don't need to keep track of which BBs we insert into.
1304 for (Value::user_iterator UI = AndI->user_begin(), E = AndI->user_end();
1305 UI != E; ) {
1306 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1307 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1308
1309 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1310 ++UI;
1311
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001312 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "sinking 'and' use: " << *User << "\n");
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001313
1314 // Keep the 'and' in the same place if the use is already in the same block.
1315 Instruction *InsertPt =
1316 User->getParent() == AndI->getParent() ? AndI : User;
1317 Instruction *InsertedAnd =
1318 BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::And, AndI->getOperand(0),
1319 AndI->getOperand(1), "", InsertPt);
1320 // Propagate the debug info.
1321 InsertedAnd->setDebugLoc(AndI->getDebugLoc());
1322
1323 // Replace a use of the 'and' with a use of the new 'and'.
1324 TheUse = InsertedAnd;
1325 ++NumAndUses;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001326 LLVM_DEBUG(User->getParent()->dump());
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001327 }
1328
1329 // We removed all uses, nuke the and.
1330 AndI->eraseFromParent();
1331 return true;
1332}
1333
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001334/// Check if the candidates could be combined with a shift instruction, which
1335/// includes:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001336/// 1. Truncate instruction
1337/// 2. And instruction and the imm is a mask of the low bits:
1338/// imm & (imm+1) == 0
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001339static bool isExtractBitsCandidateUse(Instruction *User) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001340 if (!isa<TruncInst>(User)) {
1341 if (User->getOpcode() != Instruction::And ||
1342 !isa<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1)))
1343 return false;
1344
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001345 const APInt &Cimm = cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1))->getValue();
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001346
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001347 if ((Cimm & (Cimm + 1)).getBoolValue())
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001348 return false;
1349 }
1350 return true;
1351}
1352
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001353/// Sink both shift and truncate instruction to the use of truncate's BB.
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001354static bool
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001355SinkShiftAndTruncate(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, Instruction *User, ConstantInt *CI,
1356 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> &InsertedShifts,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001357 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001358 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1359 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, CastInst *> InsertedTruncs;
1360 TruncInst *TruncI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(User);
1361 bool MadeChange = false;
1362
1363 for (Value::user_iterator TruncUI = TruncI->user_begin(),
1364 TruncE = TruncI->user_end();
1365 TruncUI != TruncE;) {
1366
1367 Use &TruncTheUse = TruncUI.getUse();
1368 Instruction *TruncUser = cast<Instruction>(*TruncUI);
1369 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1370
1371 ++TruncUI;
1372
1373 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(TruncUser->getOpcode());
1374 if (!ISDOpcode)
1375 continue;
1376
Tim Northovere2239ff2014-07-29 10:20:22 +00001377 // If the use is actually a legal node, there will not be an
1378 // implicit truncate.
1379 // FIXME: always querying the result type is just an
1380 // approximation; some nodes' legality is determined by the
1381 // operand or other means. There's no good way to find out though.
Ahmed Bougacha0788d492014-11-12 22:16:55 +00001382 if (TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001383 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, TruncUser->getType(), true)))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001384 continue;
1385
1386 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1387 if (isa<PHINode>(TruncUser))
1388 continue;
1389
1390 BasicBlock *TruncUserBB = TruncUser->getParent();
1391
1392 if (UserBB == TruncUserBB)
1393 continue;
1394
1395 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[TruncUserBB];
1396 CastInst *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[TruncUserBB];
1397
1398 if (!InsertedShift && !InsertedTrunc) {
1399 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001400 assert(InsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001401 // Sink the shift
1402 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001403 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1404 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001405 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001406 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1407 "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001408 InsertedShift->setDebugLoc(ShiftI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001409
1410 // Sink the trunc
1411 BasicBlock::iterator TruncInsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
1412 TruncInsertPt++;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001413 assert(TruncInsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001414
1415 InsertedTrunc = CastInst::Create(TruncI->getOpcode(), InsertedShift,
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001416 TruncI->getType(), "", &*TruncInsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001417 InsertedTrunc->setDebugLoc(TruncI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001418
1419 MadeChange = true;
1420
1421 TruncTheUse = InsertedTrunc;
1422 }
1423 }
1424 return MadeChange;
1425}
1426
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001427/// Sink the shift *right* instruction into user blocks if the uses could
1428/// potentially be combined with this shift instruction and generate BitExtract
1429/// instruction. It will only be applied if the architecture supports BitExtract
1430/// instruction. Here is an example:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001431/// BB1:
1432/// %x.extract.shift = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1433/// BB2:
1434/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift to i16
1435/// ==>
1436///
1437/// BB2:
1438/// %x.extract.shift.1 = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1439/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift.1 to i16
1440///
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00001441/// CodeGen will recognize the pattern in BB2 and generate BitExtract
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001442/// instruction.
1443/// Return true if any changes are made.
1444static bool OptimizeExtractBits(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, ConstantInt *CI,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001445 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1446 const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001447 BasicBlock *DefBB = ShiftI->getParent();
1448
1449 /// Only insert instructions in each block once.
1450 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> InsertedShifts;
1451
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001452 bool shiftIsLegal = TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, ShiftI->getType()));
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001453
1454 bool MadeChange = false;
1455 for (Value::user_iterator UI = ShiftI->user_begin(), E = ShiftI->user_end();
1456 UI != E;) {
1457 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1458 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1459 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1460 ++UI;
1461
1462 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1463 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1464 continue;
1465
1466 if (!isExtractBitsCandidateUse(User))
1467 continue;
1468
1469 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1470
1471 if (UserBB == DefBB) {
1472 // If the shift and truncate instruction are in the same BB. The use of
1473 // the truncate(TruncUse) may still introduce another truncate if not
1474 // legal. In this case, we would like to sink both shift and truncate
1475 // instruction to the BB of TruncUse.
1476 // for example:
1477 // BB1:
1478 // i64 shift.result = lshr i64 opnd, imm
1479 // trunc.result = trunc shift.result to i16
1480 //
1481 // BB2:
1482 // ----> We will have an implicit truncate here if the architecture does
1483 // not have i16 compare.
1484 // cmp i16 trunc.result, opnd2
1485 //
1486 if (isa<TruncInst>(User) && shiftIsLegal
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00001487 // If the type of the truncate is legal, no truncate will be
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001488 // introduced in other basic blocks.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001489 &&
1490 (!TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, User->getType()))))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001491 MadeChange =
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001492 SinkShiftAndTruncate(ShiftI, User, CI, InsertedShifts, TLI, DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001493
1494 continue;
1495 }
1496 // If we have already inserted a shift into this block, use it.
1497 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[UserBB];
1498
1499 if (!InsertedShift) {
1500 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001501 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001502
1503 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001504 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1505 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001506 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001507 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1508 "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001509 InsertedShift->setDebugLoc(ShiftI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001510
1511 MadeChange = true;
1512 }
1513
1514 // Replace a use of the shift with a use of the new shift.
1515 TheUse = InsertedShift;
1516 }
1517
1518 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shift.
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001519 if (ShiftI->use_empty()) {
1520 salvageDebugInfo(*ShiftI);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001521 ShiftI->eraseFromParent();
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001522 }
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001523
1524 return MadeChange;
1525}
1526
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001527/// If counting leading or trailing zeros is an expensive operation and a zero
1528/// input is defined, add a check for zero to avoid calling the intrinsic.
1529///
1530/// We want to transform:
1531/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 false)
1532///
1533/// into:
1534/// entry:
1535/// %cmpz = icmp eq i64 %A, 0
1536/// br i1 %cmpz, label %cond.end, label %cond.false
1537/// cond.false:
1538/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 true)
1539/// br label %cond.end
1540/// cond.end:
1541/// %ctz = phi i64 [ 64, %entry ], [ %z, %cond.false ]
1542///
1543/// If the transform is performed, return true and set ModifiedDT to true.
1544static bool despeculateCountZeros(IntrinsicInst *CountZeros,
1545 const TargetLowering *TLI,
1546 const DataLayout *DL,
1547 bool &ModifiedDT) {
1548 if (!TLI || !DL)
1549 return false;
1550
1551 // If a zero input is undefined, it doesn't make sense to despeculate that.
1552 if (match(CountZeros->getOperand(1), m_One()))
1553 return false;
1554
1555 // If it's cheap to speculate, there's nothing to do.
1556 auto IntrinsicID = CountZeros->getIntrinsicID();
1557 if ((IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::cttz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCttz()) ||
1558 (IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::ctlz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCtlz()))
1559 return false;
1560
1561 // Only handle legal scalar cases. Anything else requires too much work.
1562 Type *Ty = CountZeros->getType();
1563 unsigned SizeInBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Jun Bum Limbe11bdc2016-05-13 18:38:35 +00001564 if (Ty->isVectorTy() || SizeInBits > DL->getLargestLegalIntTypeSizeInBits())
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001565 return false;
1566
1567 // The intrinsic will be sunk behind a compare against zero and branch.
1568 BasicBlock *StartBlock = CountZeros->getParent();
1569 BasicBlock *CallBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(CountZeros, "cond.false");
1570
1571 // Create another block after the count zero intrinsic. A PHI will be added
1572 // in this block to select the result of the intrinsic or the bit-width
1573 // constant if the input to the intrinsic is zero.
1574 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(CountZeros));
1575 BasicBlock *EndBlock = CallBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "cond.end");
1576
1577 // Set up a builder to create a compare, conditional branch, and PHI.
1578 IRBuilder<> Builder(CountZeros->getContext());
1579 Builder.SetInsertPoint(StartBlock->getTerminator());
1580 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CountZeros->getDebugLoc());
1581
1582 // Replace the unconditional branch that was created by the first split with
1583 // a compare against zero and a conditional branch.
1584 Value *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1585 Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(CountZeros->getOperand(0), Zero, "cmpz");
1586 Builder.CreateCondBr(Cmp, EndBlock, CallBlock);
1587 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
1588
1589 // Create a PHI in the end block to select either the output of the intrinsic
1590 // or the bit width of the operand.
1591 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&EndBlock->front());
1592 PHINode *PN = Builder.CreatePHI(Ty, 2, "ctz");
1593 CountZeros->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
1594 Value *BitWidth = Builder.getInt(APInt(SizeInBits, SizeInBits));
1595 PN->addIncoming(BitWidth, StartBlock);
1596 PN->addIncoming(CountZeros, CallBlock);
1597
1598 // We are explicitly handling the zero case, so we can set the intrinsic's
1599 // undefined zero argument to 'true'. This will also prevent reprocessing the
1600 // intrinsic; we only despeculate when a zero input is defined.
1601 CountZeros->setArgOperand(1, Builder.getTrue());
1602 ModifiedDT = true;
1603 return true;
1604}
1605
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00001606bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001607 BasicBlock *BB = CI->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001608
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001609 // Lower inline assembly if we can.
1610 // If we found an inline asm expession, and if the target knows how to
1611 // lower it to normal LLVM code, do so now.
1612 if (TLI && isa<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue())) {
1613 if (TLI->ExpandInlineAsm(CI)) {
1614 // Avoid invalidating the iterator.
1615 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1616 // Avoid processing instructions out of order, which could cause
1617 // reuse before a value is defined.
1618 SunkAddrs.clear();
1619 return true;
1620 }
1621 // Sink address computing for memory operands into the block.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001622 if (optimizeInlineAsmInst(CI))
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001623 return true;
1624 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001625
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001626 // Align the pointer arguments to this call if the target thinks it's a good
1627 // idea
1628 unsigned MinSize, PrefAlign;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001629 if (TLI && TLI->shouldAlignPointerArgs(CI, MinSize, PrefAlign)) {
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001630 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1631 // We want to align both objects whose address is used directly and
1632 // objects whose address is used in casts and GEPs, though it only makes
1633 // sense for GEPs if the offset is a multiple of the desired alignment and
1634 // if size - offset meets the size threshold.
1635 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1636 continue;
Elena Demikhovsky945b7e52018-02-14 06:58:08 +00001637 APInt Offset(DL->getIndexSizeInBits(
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001638 cast<PointerType>(Arg->getType())->getAddressSpace()),
1639 0);
1640 Value *Val = Arg->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(*DL, Offset);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001641 uint64_t Offset2 = Offset.getLimitedValue();
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001642 if ((Offset2 & (PrefAlign-1)) != 0)
1643 continue;
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001644 AllocaInst *AI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001645 if ((AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val)) && AI->getAlignment() < PrefAlign &&
1646 DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType()) >= MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001647 AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001648 // Global variables can only be aligned if they are defined in this
1649 // object (i.e. they are uniquely initialized in this object), and
1650 // over-aligning global variables that have an explicit section is
1651 // forbidden.
1652 GlobalVariable *GV;
James Y Knightac03dca2016-01-15 16:33:06 +00001653 if ((GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Val)) && GV->canIncreaseAlignment() &&
Tim Northover918f0502016-07-18 18:28:52 +00001654 GV->getPointerAlignment(*DL) < PrefAlign &&
Manuel Jacob5f6eaac2016-01-16 20:30:46 +00001655 DL->getTypeAllocSize(GV->getValueType()) >=
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001656 MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001657 GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001658 }
1659 // If this is a memcpy (or similar) then we may be able to improve the
1660 // alignment
1661 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(CI)) {
Daniel Neilsonbe58a222018-01-31 17:24:53 +00001662 unsigned DestAlign = getKnownAlignment(MI->getDest(), *DL);
1663 if (DestAlign > MI->getDestAlignment())
1664 MI->setDestAlignment(DestAlign);
1665 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
1666 unsigned SrcAlign = getKnownAlignment(MTI->getSource(), *DL);
1667 if (SrcAlign > MTI->getSourceAlignment())
1668 MTI->setSourceAlignment(SrcAlign);
1669 }
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001670 }
1671 }
1672
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00001673 // If we have a cold call site, try to sink addressing computation into the
1674 // cold block. This interacts with our handling for loads and stores to
1675 // ensure that we can fold all uses of a potential addressing computation
1676 // into their uses. TODO: generalize this to work over profiling data
1677 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
1678 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1679 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1680 continue;
1681 unsigned AS = Arg->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1682 return optimizeMemoryInst(CI, Arg, Arg->getType(), AS);
1683 }
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00001684
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001685 IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001686 if (II) {
1687 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
1688 default: break;
1689 case Intrinsic::objectsize: {
1690 // Lower all uses of llvm.objectsize.*
George Burgess IV3f089142016-12-20 23:46:36 +00001691 ConstantInt *RetVal =
1692 lowerObjectSizeCall(II, *DL, TLInfo, /*MustSucceed=*/true);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001693 // Substituting this can cause recursive simplifications, which can
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00001694 // invalidate our iterator. Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case
1695 // this
Sanjoy Das2cbeb002017-04-26 16:37:05 +00001696 // happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00001697 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00001698 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001699
Sanjay Patel545a4562016-01-20 18:59:16 +00001700 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001701
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001702 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
1703 // start of the block.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00001704 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001705 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1706 SunkAddrs.clear();
1707 }
1708 return true;
Chris Lattner86d56c62011-01-18 20:53:04 +00001709 }
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001710 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stlxr:
1711 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stxr: {
1712 ZExtInst *ExtVal = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(0));
1713 if (!ExtVal || !ExtVal->hasOneUse() ||
1714 ExtVal->getParent() == CI->getParent())
1715 return false;
1716 // Sink a zext feeding stlxr/stxr before it, so it can be folded into it.
1717 ExtVal->moveBefore(CI);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00001718 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
1719 // optimizations don't touch it.
1720 InsertedInsts.insert(ExtVal);
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001721 return true;
1722 }
Piotr Padlewski5dde8092018-05-03 11:03:01 +00001723 case Intrinsic::launder_invariant_group:
Krzysztof Pszeniczny2bfe7592018-10-19 19:02:16 +00001724 case Intrinsic::strip_invariant_group: {
1725 Value *ArgVal = II->getArgOperand(0);
1726 auto it = LargeOffsetGEPMap.find(II);
1727 if (it != LargeOffsetGEPMap.end()) {
1728 // Merge entries in LargeOffsetGEPMap to reflect the RAUW.
1729 // Make sure not to have to deal with iterator invalidation
1730 // after possibly adding ArgVal to LargeOffsetGEPMap.
1731 auto GEPs = std::move(it->second);
1732 LargeOffsetGEPMap[ArgVal].append(GEPs.begin(), GEPs.end());
1733 LargeOffsetGEPMap.erase(II);
1734 }
1735
1736 II->replaceAllUsesWith(ArgVal);
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00001737 II->eraseFromParent();
1738 return true;
Krzysztof Pszeniczny2bfe7592018-10-19 19:02:16 +00001739 }
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001740 case Intrinsic::cttz:
1741 case Intrinsic::ctlz:
1742 // If counting zeros is expensive, try to avoid it.
1743 return despeculateCountZeros(II, TLI, DL, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001744 }
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001745
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001746 if (TLI) {
1747 SmallVector<Value*, 2> PtrOps;
1748 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001749 if (TLI->getAddrModeArguments(II, PtrOps, AccessTy))
1750 while (!PtrOps.empty()) {
1751 Value *PtrVal = PtrOps.pop_back_val();
1752 unsigned AS = PtrVal->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1753 if (optimizeMemoryInst(II, PtrVal, AccessTy, AS))
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001754 return true;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001755 }
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001756 }
Pete Cooper615fd892012-03-13 20:59:56 +00001757 }
1758
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001759 // From here on out we're working with named functions.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001760 if (!CI->getCalledFunction()) return false;
Devang Patel0da52502011-05-26 21:51:06 +00001761
Benjamin Kramer7b88a492010-03-12 09:27:41 +00001762 // Lower all default uses of _chk calls. This is very similar
1763 // to what InstCombineCalls does, but here we are only lowering calls
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001764 // to fortified library functions (e.g. __memcpy_chk) that have the default
1765 // "don't know" as the objectsize. Anything else should be left alone.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001766 FortifiedLibCallSimplifier Simplifier(TLInfo, true);
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001767 if (Value *V = Simplifier.optimizeCall(CI)) {
1768 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1769 CI->eraseFromParent();
1770 return true;
1771 }
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00001772
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001773 return false;
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001774}
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001775
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001776/// Look for opportunities to duplicate return instructions to the predecessor
1777/// to enable tail call optimizations. The case it is currently looking for is:
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001778/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001779/// bb0:
1780/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1781/// br label %return
1782/// bb1:
1783/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1784/// br label %return
1785/// bb2:
1786/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1787/// br label %return
1788/// return:
1789/// %retval = phi i32 [ %tmp0, %bb0 ], [ %tmp1, %bb1 ], [ %tmp2, %bb2 ]
1790/// ret i32 %retval
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001791/// @endcode
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001792///
1793/// =>
1794///
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001795/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001796/// bb0:
1797/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1798/// ret i32 %tmp0
1799/// bb1:
1800/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1801/// ret i32 %tmp1
1802/// bb2:
1803/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1804/// ret i32 %tmp2
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001805/// @endcode
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001806bool CodeGenPrepare::dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB) {
Cameron Zwarich47e71752011-03-24 04:51:51 +00001807 if (!TLI)
1808 return false;
1809
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001810 ReturnInst *RetI = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BB->getTerminator());
1811 if (!RetI)
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00001812 return false;
1813
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001814 PHINode *PN = nullptr;
1815 BitCastInst *BCI = nullptr;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001816 Value *V = RetI->getReturnValue();
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001817 if (V) {
1818 BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V);
1819 if (BCI)
1820 V = BCI->getOperand(0);
1821
1822 PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V);
1823 if (!PN)
1824 return false;
1825 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001826
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001827 if (PN && PN->getParent() != BB)
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001828 return false;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001829
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001830 // Make sure there are no instructions between the PHI and return, or that the
1831 // return is the first instruction in the block.
1832 if (PN) {
1833 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1834 do { ++BI; } while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI));
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001835 if (&*BI == BCI)
1836 // Also skip over the bitcast.
1837 ++BI;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001838 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001839 return false;
1840 } else {
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001841 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1842 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI)) ++BI;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001843 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001844 return false;
1845 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001846
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001847 /// Only dup the ReturnInst if the CallInst is likely to be emitted as a tail
1848 /// call.
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001849 const Function *F = BB->getParent();
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001850 SmallVector<CallInst*, 4> TailCalls;
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001851 if (PN) {
1852 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
1853 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(PN->getIncomingValue(I));
1854 // Make sure the phi value is indeed produced by the tail call.
1855 if (CI && CI->hasOneUse() && CI->getParent() == PN->getIncomingBlock(I) &&
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001856 TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
1857 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001858 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1859 }
1860 } else {
1861 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 4> VisitedBBs;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001862 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); PI != PE; ++PI) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001863 if (!VisitedBBs.insert(*PI).second)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001864 continue;
1865
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001866 BasicBlock::InstListType &InstList = (*PI)->getInstList();
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001867 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RI = InstList.rbegin();
1868 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RE = InstList.rend();
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001869 do { ++RI; } while (RI != RE && isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(&*RI));
1870 if (RI == RE)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001871 continue;
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001872
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001873 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&*RI);
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001874 if (CI && CI->use_empty() && TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
1875 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001876 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1877 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001878 }
1879
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001880 bool Changed = false;
1881 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TailCalls.size(); i != e; ++i) {
1882 CallInst *CI = TailCalls[i];
1883 CallSite CS(CI);
1884
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001885 // Make sure the call instruction is followed by an unconditional branch to
1886 // the return block.
1887 BasicBlock *CallBB = CI->getParent();
1888 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CallBB->getTerminator());
1889 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional() || BI->getSuccessor(0) != BB)
1890 continue;
1891
1892 // Duplicate the return into CallBB.
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001893 (void)FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(RetI, BB, CallBB);
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +00001894 ModifiedDT = Changed = true;
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001895 ++NumRetsDup;
1896 }
1897
1898 // If we eliminated all predecessors of the block, delete the block now.
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +00001899 if (Changed && !BB->hasAddressTaken() && pred_begin(BB) == pred_end(BB))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001900 BB->eraseFromParent();
1901
1902 return Changed;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001903}
1904
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001905//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001906// Memory Optimization
1907//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1908
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001909namespace {
1910
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001911/// This is an extended version of TargetLowering::AddrMode
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001912/// which holds actual Value*'s for register values.
Chandler Carruth95f83e02013-01-07 15:14:13 +00001913struct ExtAddrMode : public TargetLowering::AddrMode {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001914 Value *BaseReg = nullptr;
1915 Value *ScaledReg = nullptr;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001916 Value *OriginalValue = nullptr;
1917
1918 enum FieldName {
1919 NoField = 0x00,
1920 BaseRegField = 0x01,
1921 BaseGVField = 0x02,
1922 BaseOffsField = 0x04,
1923 ScaledRegField = 0x08,
1924 ScaleField = 0x10,
1925 MultipleFields = 0xff
1926 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001927
1928 ExtAddrMode() = default;
1929
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001930 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
1931 void dump() const;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00001932
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001933 FieldName compare(const ExtAddrMode &other) {
1934 // First check that the types are the same on each field, as differing types
1935 // is something we can't cope with later on.
1936 if (BaseReg && other.BaseReg &&
1937 BaseReg->getType() != other.BaseReg->getType())
1938 return MultipleFields;
1939 if (BaseGV && other.BaseGV &&
1940 BaseGV->getType() != other.BaseGV->getType())
1941 return MultipleFields;
1942 if (ScaledReg && other.ScaledReg &&
1943 ScaledReg->getType() != other.ScaledReg->getType())
1944 return MultipleFields;
1945
1946 // Check each field to see if it differs.
1947 unsigned Result = NoField;
1948 if (BaseReg != other.BaseReg)
1949 Result |= BaseRegField;
1950 if (BaseGV != other.BaseGV)
1951 Result |= BaseGVField;
1952 if (BaseOffs != other.BaseOffs)
1953 Result |= BaseOffsField;
1954 if (ScaledReg != other.ScaledReg)
1955 Result |= ScaledRegField;
1956 // Don't count 0 as being a different scale, because that actually means
1957 // unscaled (which will already be counted by having no ScaledReg).
1958 if (Scale && other.Scale && Scale != other.Scale)
1959 Result |= ScaleField;
1960
1961 if (countPopulation(Result) > 1)
1962 return MultipleFields;
1963 else
1964 return static_cast<FieldName>(Result);
1965 }
1966
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00001967 // An AddrMode is trivial if it involves no calculation i.e. it is just a base
1968 // with no offset.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001969 bool isTrivial() {
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00001970 // An AddrMode is (BaseGV + BaseReg + BaseOffs + ScaleReg * Scale) so it is
1971 // trivial if at most one of these terms is nonzero, except that BaseGV and
1972 // BaseReg both being zero actually means a null pointer value, which we
1973 // consider to be 'non-zero' here.
1974 return !BaseOffs && !Scale && !(BaseGV && BaseReg);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001975 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00001976
1977 Value *GetFieldAsValue(FieldName Field, Type *IntPtrTy) {
1978 switch (Field) {
1979 default:
1980 return nullptr;
1981 case BaseRegField:
1982 return BaseReg;
1983 case BaseGVField:
1984 return BaseGV;
1985 case ScaledRegField:
1986 return ScaledReg;
1987 case BaseOffsField:
1988 return ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffs);
1989 }
1990 }
1991
1992 void SetCombinedField(FieldName Field, Value *V,
1993 const SmallVectorImpl<ExtAddrMode> &AddrModes) {
1994 switch (Field) {
1995 default:
1996 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled fields are expected to be rejected earlier");
1997 break;
1998 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
1999 BaseReg = V;
2000 break;
2001 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
2002 // A combined BaseGV is an Instruction, not a GlobalValue, so it goes
2003 // in the BaseReg field.
2004 assert(BaseReg == nullptr);
2005 BaseReg = V;
2006 BaseGV = nullptr;
2007 break;
2008 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
2009 ScaledReg = V;
2010 // If we have a mix of scaled and unscaled addrmodes then we want scale
2011 // to be the scale and not zero.
2012 if (!Scale)
2013 for (const ExtAddrMode &AM : AddrModes)
2014 if (AM.Scale) {
2015 Scale = AM.Scale;
2016 break;
2017 }
2018 break;
2019 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
2020 // The offset is no longer a constant, so it goes in ScaledReg with a
2021 // scale of 1.
2022 assert(ScaledReg == nullptr);
2023 ScaledReg = V;
2024 Scale = 1;
2025 BaseOffs = 0;
2026 break;
2027 }
2028 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002029};
2030
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002031} // end anonymous namespace
2032
Eli Friedmanc1f1f852013-09-10 23:09:24 +00002033#ifndef NDEBUG
2034static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ExtAddrMode &AM) {
2035 AM.print(OS);
2036 return OS;
2037}
2038#endif
2039
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +00002040#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002041void ExtAddrMode::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
2042 bool NeedPlus = false;
2043 OS << "[";
2044 if (BaseGV) {
2045 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2046 << "GV:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002047 BaseGV->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002048 NeedPlus = true;
2049 }
2050
Richard Trieuc0f91212014-05-30 03:15:17 +00002051 if (BaseOffs) {
2052 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2053 << BaseOffs;
2054 NeedPlus = true;
2055 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002056
2057 if (BaseReg) {
2058 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2059 << "Base:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002060 BaseReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002061 NeedPlus = true;
2062 }
2063 if (Scale) {
2064 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2065 << Scale << "*";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002066 ScaledReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002067 }
2068
2069 OS << ']';
2070}
2071
Yaron Kereneb2a2542016-01-29 20:50:44 +00002072LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void ExtAddrMode::dump() const {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002073 print(dbgs());
2074 dbgs() << '\n';
2075}
2076#endif
2077
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002078namespace {
2079
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002080/// This class provides transaction based operation on the IR.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002081/// Every change made through this class is recorded in the internal state and
2082/// can be undone (rollback) until commit is called.
2083class TypePromotionTransaction {
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002084 /// This represents the common interface of the individual transaction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002085 /// Each class implements the logic for doing one specific modification on
2086 /// the IR via the TypePromotionTransaction.
2087 class TypePromotionAction {
2088 protected:
2089 /// The Instruction modified.
2090 Instruction *Inst;
2091
2092 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002093 /// Constructor of the action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002094 /// The constructor performs the related action on the IR.
2095 TypePromotionAction(Instruction *Inst) : Inst(Inst) {}
2096
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002097 virtual ~TypePromotionAction() = default;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002098
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002099 /// Undo the modification done by this action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002100 /// When this method is called, the IR must be in the same state as it was
2101 /// before this action was applied.
2102 /// \pre Undoing the action works if and only if the IR is in the exact same
2103 /// state as it was directly after this action was applied.
2104 virtual void undo() = 0;
2105
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002106 /// Advocate every change made by this action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002107 /// When the results on the IR of the action are to be kept, it is important
2108 /// to call this function, otherwise hidden information may be kept forever.
2109 virtual void commit() {
2110 // Nothing to be done, this action is not doing anything.
2111 }
2112 };
2113
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002114 /// Utility to remember the position of an instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002115 class InsertionHandler {
2116 /// Position of an instruction.
2117 /// Either an instruction:
2118 /// - Is the first in a basic block: BB is used.
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002119 /// - Has a previous instruction: PrevInst is used.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002120 union {
2121 Instruction *PrevInst;
2122 BasicBlock *BB;
2123 } Point;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002124
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002125 /// Remember whether or not the instruction had a previous instruction.
2126 bool HasPrevInstruction;
2127
2128 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002129 /// Record the position of \p Inst.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002130 InsertionHandler(Instruction *Inst) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002131 BasicBlock::iterator It = Inst->getIterator();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002132 HasPrevInstruction = (It != (Inst->getParent()->begin()));
2133 if (HasPrevInstruction)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002134 Point.PrevInst = &*--It;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002135 else
2136 Point.BB = Inst->getParent();
2137 }
2138
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002139 /// Insert \p Inst at the recorded position.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002140 void insert(Instruction *Inst) {
2141 if (HasPrevInstruction) {
2142 if (Inst->getParent())
2143 Inst->removeFromParent();
2144 Inst->insertAfter(Point.PrevInst);
2145 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002146 Instruction *Position = &*Point.BB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002147 if (Inst->getParent())
2148 Inst->moveBefore(Position);
2149 else
2150 Inst->insertBefore(Position);
2151 }
2152 }
2153 };
2154
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002155 /// Move an instruction before another.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002156 class InstructionMoveBefore : public TypePromotionAction {
2157 /// Original position of the instruction.
2158 InsertionHandler Position;
2159
2160 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002161 /// Move \p Inst before \p Before.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002162 InstructionMoveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before)
2163 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Position(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002164 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: move: " << *Inst << "\nbefore: " << *Before
2165 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002166 Inst->moveBefore(Before);
2167 }
2168
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002169 /// Move the instruction back to its original position.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002170 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002171 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: moveBefore: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002172 Position.insert(Inst);
2173 }
2174 };
2175
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002176 /// Set the operand of an instruction with a new value.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002177 class OperandSetter : public TypePromotionAction {
2178 /// Original operand of the instruction.
2179 Value *Origin;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002180
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002181 /// Index of the modified instruction.
2182 unsigned Idx;
2183
2184 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002185 /// Set \p Idx operand of \p Inst with \p NewVal.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002186 OperandSetter(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal)
2187 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Idx(Idx) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002188 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: setOperand: " << Idx << "\n"
2189 << "for:" << *Inst << "\n"
2190 << "with:" << *NewVal << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002191 Origin = Inst->getOperand(Idx);
2192 Inst->setOperand(Idx, NewVal);
2193 }
2194
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002195 /// Restore the original value of the instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002196 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002197 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: setOperand:" << Idx << "\n"
2198 << "for: " << *Inst << "\n"
2199 << "with: " << *Origin << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002200 Inst->setOperand(Idx, Origin);
2201 }
2202 };
2203
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002204 /// Hide the operands of an instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002205 /// Do as if this instruction was not using any of its operands.
2206 class OperandsHider : public TypePromotionAction {
2207 /// The list of original operands.
2208 SmallVector<Value *, 4> OriginalValues;
2209
2210 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002211 /// Remove \p Inst from the uses of the operands of \p Inst.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002212 OperandsHider(Instruction *Inst) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002213 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002214 unsigned NumOpnds = Inst->getNumOperands();
2215 OriginalValues.reserve(NumOpnds);
2216 for (unsigned It = 0; It < NumOpnds; ++It) {
2217 // Save the current operand.
2218 Value *Val = Inst->getOperand(It);
2219 OriginalValues.push_back(Val);
2220 // Set a dummy one.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002221 // We could use OperandSetter here, but that would imply an overhead
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002222 // that we are not willing to pay.
2223 Inst->setOperand(It, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
2224 }
2225 }
2226
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002227 /// Restore the original list of uses.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002228 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002229 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002230 for (unsigned It = 0, EndIt = OriginalValues.size(); It != EndIt; ++It)
2231 Inst->setOperand(It, OriginalValues[It]);
2232 }
2233 };
2234
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002235 /// Build a truncate instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002236 class TruncBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002237 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002238
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002239 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002240 /// Build a truncate instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002241 /// result.
2242 /// trunc Opnd to Ty.
2243 TruncBuilder(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty) : TypePromotionAction(Opnd) {
2244 IRBuilder<> Builder(Opnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002245 Val = Builder.CreateTrunc(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002246 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002247 }
2248
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002249 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002250 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002251
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002252 /// Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002253 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002254 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002255 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2256 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002257 }
2258 };
2259
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002260 /// Build a sign extension instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002261 class SExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002262 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002263
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002264 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002265 /// Build a sign extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002266 /// result.
2267 /// sext Opnd to Ty.
2268 SExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002269 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002270 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002271 Val = Builder.CreateSExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002272 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002273 }
2274
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002275 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002276 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002277
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002278 /// Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002279 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002280 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002281 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2282 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002283 }
2284 };
2285
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002286 /// Build a zero extension instruction.
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002287 class ZExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002288 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002289
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002290 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002291 /// Build a zero extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002292 /// result.
2293 /// zext Opnd to Ty.
2294 ZExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002295 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002296 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002297 Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002298 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002299 }
2300
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002301 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002302 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002303
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002304 /// Remove the built instruction.
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002305 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002306 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002307 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2308 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002309 }
2310 };
2311
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002312 /// Mutate an instruction to another type.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002313 class TypeMutator : public TypePromotionAction {
2314 /// Record the original type.
2315 Type *OrigTy;
2316
2317 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002318 /// Mutate the type of \p Inst into \p NewTy.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002319 TypeMutator(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy)
2320 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), OrigTy(Inst->getType()) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002321 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *NewTy
2322 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002323 Inst->mutateType(NewTy);
2324 }
2325
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002326 /// Mutate the instruction back to its original type.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002327 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002328 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *OrigTy
2329 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002330 Inst->mutateType(OrigTy);
2331 }
2332 };
2333
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002334 /// Replace the uses of an instruction by another instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002335 class UsesReplacer : public TypePromotionAction {
2336 /// Helper structure to keep track of the replaced uses.
2337 struct InstructionAndIdx {
2338 /// The instruction using the instruction.
2339 Instruction *Inst;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002340
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002341 /// The index where this instruction is used for Inst.
2342 unsigned Idx;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002343
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002344 InstructionAndIdx(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx)
2345 : Inst(Inst), Idx(Idx) {}
2346 };
2347
2348 /// Keep track of the original uses (pair Instruction, Index).
2349 SmallVector<InstructionAndIdx, 4> OriginalUses;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002350
2351 using use_iterator = SmallVectorImpl<InstructionAndIdx>::iterator;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002352
2353 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002354 /// Replace all the use of \p Inst by \p New.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002355 UsesReplacer(Instruction *Inst, Value *New) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002356 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << " with " << *New
2357 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002358 // Record the original uses.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002359 for (Use &U : Inst->uses()) {
2360 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
2361 OriginalUses.push_back(InstructionAndIdx(UserI, U.getOperandNo()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002362 }
2363 // Now, we can replace the uses.
2364 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(New);
2365 }
2366
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002367 /// Reassign the original uses of Inst to Inst.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002368 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002369 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002370 for (use_iterator UseIt = OriginalUses.begin(),
2371 EndIt = OriginalUses.end();
2372 UseIt != EndIt; ++UseIt) {
2373 UseIt->Inst->setOperand(UseIt->Idx, Inst);
2374 }
2375 }
2376 };
2377
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002378 /// Remove an instruction from the IR.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002379 class InstructionRemover : public TypePromotionAction {
2380 /// Original position of the instruction.
2381 InsertionHandler Inserter;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002382
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002383 /// Helper structure to hide all the link to the instruction. In other
2384 /// words, this helps to do as if the instruction was removed.
2385 OperandsHider Hider;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002386
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002387 /// Keep track of the uses replaced, if any.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002388 UsesReplacer *Replacer = nullptr;
2389
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002390 /// Keep track of instructions removed.
2391 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002392
2393 public:
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002394 /// Remove all reference of \p Inst and optionally replace all its
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002395 /// uses with New.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002396 /// \p RemovedInsts Keep track of the instructions removed by this Action.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002397 /// \pre If !Inst->use_empty(), then New != nullptr
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002398 InstructionRemover(Instruction *Inst, SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts,
2399 Value *New = nullptr)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002400 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Inserter(Inst), Hider(Inst),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002401 RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002402 if (New)
2403 Replacer = new UsesReplacer(Inst, New);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002404 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002405 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
2406 /// The instructions removed here will be freed after completing
2407 /// optimizeBlock() for all blocks as we need to keep track of the
2408 /// removed instructions during promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002409 Inst->removeFromParent();
2410 }
2411
Alexander Kornienkof817c1c2015-04-11 02:11:45 +00002412 ~InstructionRemover() override { delete Replacer; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002413
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002414 /// Resurrect the instruction and reassign it to the proper uses if
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002415 /// new value was provided when build this action.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002416 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002417 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002418 Inserter.insert(Inst);
2419 if (Replacer)
2420 Replacer->undo();
2421 Hider.undo();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002422 RemovedInsts.erase(Inst);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002423 }
2424 };
2425
2426public:
2427 /// Restoration point.
2428 /// The restoration point is a pointer to an action instead of an iterator
2429 /// because the iterator may be invalidated but not the pointer.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002430 using ConstRestorationPt = const TypePromotionAction *;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002431
2432 TypePromotionTransaction(SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts)
2433 : RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {}
2434
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002435 /// Advocate every changes made in that transaction.
2436 void commit();
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002437
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002438 /// Undo all the changes made after the given point.
2439 void rollback(ConstRestorationPt Point);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002440
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002441 /// Get the current restoration point.
2442 ConstRestorationPt getRestorationPoint() const;
2443
2444 /// \name API for IR modification with state keeping to support rollback.
2445 /// @{
2446 /// Same as Instruction::setOperand.
2447 void setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002448
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002449 /// Same as Instruction::eraseFromParent.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002450 void eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst, Value *NewVal = nullptr);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002451
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002452 /// Same as Value::replaceAllUsesWith.
2453 void replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst, Value *New);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002454
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002455 /// Same as Value::mutateType.
2456 void mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002457
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002458 /// Same as IRBuilder::createTrunc.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002459 Value *createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002460
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002461 /// Same as IRBuilder::createSExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002462 Value *createSExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002463
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002464 /// Same as IRBuilder::createZExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002465 Value *createZExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002466
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002467 /// Same as Instruction::moveBefore.
2468 void moveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before);
2469 /// @}
2470
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002471private:
2472 /// The ordered list of actions made so far.
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002473 SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>, 16> Actions;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002474
2475 using CommitPt = SmallVectorImpl<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>>::iterator;
2476
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002477 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002478};
2479
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002480} // end anonymous namespace
2481
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002482void TypePromotionTransaction::setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx,
2483 Value *NewVal) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002484 Actions.push_back(llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::OperandSetter>(
2485 Inst, Idx, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002486}
2487
2488void TypePromotionTransaction::eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst,
2489 Value *NewVal) {
2490 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002491 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionRemover>(
2492 Inst, RemovedInsts, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002493}
2494
2495void TypePromotionTransaction::replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst,
2496 Value *New) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002497 Actions.push_back(
2498 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::UsesReplacer>(Inst, New));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002499}
2500
2501void TypePromotionTransaction::mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002502 Actions.push_back(
2503 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::TypeMutator>(Inst, NewTy));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002504}
2505
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002506Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd,
2507 Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002508 std::unique_ptr<TruncBuilder> Ptr(new TruncBuilder(Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002509 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002510 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002511 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002512}
2513
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002514Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createSExt(Instruction *Inst,
2515 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002516 std::unique_ptr<SExtBuilder> Ptr(new SExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002517 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002518 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002519 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002520}
2521
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002522Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createZExt(Instruction *Inst,
2523 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002524 std::unique_ptr<ZExtBuilder> Ptr(new ZExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002525 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002526 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002527 return Val;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002528}
2529
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002530void TypePromotionTransaction::moveBefore(Instruction *Inst,
2531 Instruction *Before) {
2532 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002533 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionMoveBefore>(
2534 Inst, Before));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002535}
2536
2537TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt
2538TypePromotionTransaction::getRestorationPoint() const {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002539 return !Actions.empty() ? Actions.back().get() : nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002540}
2541
2542void TypePromotionTransaction::commit() {
2543 for (CommitPt It = Actions.begin(), EndIt = Actions.end(); It != EndIt;
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002544 ++It)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002545 (*It)->commit();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002546 Actions.clear();
2547}
2548
2549void TypePromotionTransaction::rollback(
2550 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt Point) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002551 while (!Actions.empty() && Point != Actions.back().get()) {
2552 std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction> Curr = Actions.pop_back_val();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002553 Curr->undo();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002554 }
2555}
2556
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002557namespace {
2558
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002559/// A helper class for matching addressing modes.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002560///
2561/// This encapsulates the logic for matching the target-legal addressing modes.
2562class AddressingModeMatcher {
2563 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &AddrModeInsts;
2564 const TargetLowering &TLI;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002565 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002566 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002567
2568 /// AccessTy/MemoryInst - This is the type for the access (e.g. double) and
2569 /// the memory instruction that we're computing this address for.
2570 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002571 unsigned AddrSpace;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002572 Instruction *MemoryInst;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002573
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002574 /// This is the addressing mode that we're building up. This is
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002575 /// part of the return value of this addressing mode matching stuff.
2576 ExtAddrMode &AddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002577
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002578 /// The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare optimizations.
2579 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002580
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002581 /// A map from the instructions to their type before promotion.
2582 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002583
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002584 /// The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
2585 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT;
2586
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002587 // A GEP which has too large offset to be folded into the addressing mode.
2588 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP;
2589
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002590 /// This is set to true when we should not do profitability checks.
2591 /// When true, IsProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode always returns true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002592 bool IgnoreProfitability;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002593
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002594 AddressingModeMatcher(
2595 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AMI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
2596 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, Type *AT, unsigned AS, Instruction *MI,
2597 ExtAddrMode &AM, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
2598 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2599 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP)
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002600 : AddrModeInsts(AMI), TLI(TLI), TRI(TRI),
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002601 DL(MI->getModule()->getDataLayout()), AccessTy(AT), AddrSpace(AS),
2602 MemoryInst(MI), AddrMode(AM), InsertedInsts(InsertedInsts),
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002603 PromotedInsts(PromotedInsts), TPT(TPT), LargeOffsetGEP(LargeOffsetGEP) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002604 IgnoreProfitability = false;
2605 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002606
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002607public:
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002608 /// Find the maximal addressing mode that a load/store of V can fold,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002609 /// give an access type of AccessTy. This returns a list of involved
2610 /// instructions in AddrModeInsts.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002611 /// \p InsertedInsts The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002612 /// optimizations.
2613 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
2614 /// \p The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002615 static ExtAddrMode
2616 Match(Value *V, Type *AccessTy, unsigned AS, Instruction *MemoryInst,
2617 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AddrModeInsts,
2618 const TargetLowering &TLI, const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
2619 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts, InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2620 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2621 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002622 ExtAddrMode Result;
2623
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002624 bool Success = AddressingModeMatcher(AddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI, AccessTy, AS,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002625 MemoryInst, Result, InsertedInsts,
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002626 PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP)
2627 .matchAddr(V, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002628 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
2629 return Result;
2630 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002631
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002632private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002633 bool matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale, unsigned Depth);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +00002634 bool matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth);
2635 bool matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode, unsigned Depth,
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002636 bool *MovedAway = nullptr);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002637 bool isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002638 ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
2639 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002640 bool valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val, Value *KnownLive1, Value *KnownLive2);
2641 bool isPromotionProfitable(unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost,
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002642 Value *PromotedOperand) const;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002643};
2644
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002645/// Keep track of simplification of Phi nodes.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002646/// Accept the set of all phi nodes and erase phi node from this set
2647/// if it is simplified.
2648class SimplificationTracker {
2649 DenseMap<Value *, Value *> Storage;
2650 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002651 // Tracks newly created Phi nodes. We use a SetVector to get deterministic
2652 // order when iterating over the set in MatchPhiSet.
2653 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 32> AllPhiNodes;
2654 // Tracks newly created Select nodes.
2655 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 32> AllSelectNodes;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002656
2657public:
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002658 SimplificationTracker(const SimplifyQuery &sq)
2659 : SQ(sq) {}
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002660
2661 Value *Get(Value *V) {
2662 do {
2663 auto SV = Storage.find(V);
2664 if (SV == Storage.end())
2665 return V;
2666 V = SV->second;
2667 } while (true);
2668 }
2669
2670 Value *Simplify(Value *Val) {
2671 SmallVector<Value *, 32> WorkList;
2672 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 32> Visited;
2673 WorkList.push_back(Val);
2674 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
2675 auto P = WorkList.pop_back_val();
2676 if (!Visited.insert(P).second)
2677 continue;
2678 if (auto *PI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(P))
2679 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(cast<Instruction>(PI), SQ)) {
2680 for (auto *U : PI->users())
2681 WorkList.push_back(cast<Value>(U));
2682 Put(PI, V);
2683 PI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2684 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PI))
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002685 AllPhiNodes.remove(PHI);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002686 if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(PI))
2687 AllSelectNodes.erase(Select);
2688 PI->eraseFromParent();
2689 }
2690 }
2691 return Get(Val);
2692 }
2693
2694 void Put(Value *From, Value *To) {
2695 Storage.insert({ From, To });
2696 }
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002697
2698 void ReplacePhi(PHINode *From, PHINode *To) {
2699 Value* OldReplacement = Get(From);
2700 while (OldReplacement != From) {
2701 From = To;
2702 To = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OldReplacement);
2703 OldReplacement = Get(From);
2704 }
2705 assert(Get(To) == To && "Replacement PHI node is already replaced.");
2706 Put(From, To);
2707 From->replaceAllUsesWith(To);
2708 AllPhiNodes.remove(From);
2709 From->eraseFromParent();
2710 }
2711
2712 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 32>& newPhiNodes() { return AllPhiNodes; }
2713
2714 void insertNewPhi(PHINode *PN) { AllPhiNodes.insert(PN); }
2715
2716 void insertNewSelect(SelectInst *SI) { AllSelectNodes.insert(SI); }
2717
2718 unsigned countNewPhiNodes() const { return AllPhiNodes.size(); }
2719
2720 unsigned countNewSelectNodes() const { return AllSelectNodes.size(); }
2721
2722 void destroyNewNodes(Type *CommonType) {
2723 // For safe erasing, replace the uses with dummy value first.
2724 auto Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
2725 for (auto I : AllPhiNodes) {
2726 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
2727 I->eraseFromParent();
2728 }
2729 AllPhiNodes.clear();
2730 for (auto I : AllSelectNodes) {
2731 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
2732 I->eraseFromParent();
2733 }
2734 AllSelectNodes.clear();
2735 }
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002736};
2737
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002738/// A helper class for combining addressing modes.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002739class AddressingModeCombiner {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002740 typedef std::pair<Value *, BasicBlock *> ValueInBB;
2741 typedef DenseMap<ValueInBB, Value *> FoldAddrToValueMapping;
2742 typedef std::pair<PHINode *, PHINode *> PHIPair;
2743
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002744private:
2745 /// The addressing modes we've collected.
2746 SmallVector<ExtAddrMode, 16> AddrModes;
2747
2748 /// The field in which the AddrModes differ, when we have more than one.
2749 ExtAddrMode::FieldName DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::NoField;
2750
2751 /// Are the AddrModes that we have all just equal to their original values?
2752 bool AllAddrModesTrivial = true;
2753
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002754 /// Common Type for all different fields in addressing modes.
2755 Type *CommonType;
2756
2757 /// SimplifyQuery for simplifyInstruction utility.
2758 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
2759
2760 /// Original Address.
2761 ValueInBB Original;
2762
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002763public:
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002764 AddressingModeCombiner(const SimplifyQuery &_SQ, ValueInBB OriginalValue)
2765 : CommonType(nullptr), SQ(_SQ), Original(OriginalValue) {}
2766
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002767 /// Get the combined AddrMode
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002768 const ExtAddrMode &getAddrMode() const {
2769 return AddrModes[0];
2770 }
2771
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002772 /// Add a new AddrMode if it's compatible with the AddrModes we already
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002773 /// have.
2774 /// \return True iff we succeeded in doing so.
2775 bool addNewAddrMode(ExtAddrMode &NewAddrMode) {
2776 // Take note of if we have any non-trivial AddrModes, as we need to detect
2777 // when all AddrModes are trivial as then we would introduce a phi or select
2778 // which just duplicates what's already there.
2779 AllAddrModesTrivial = AllAddrModesTrivial && NewAddrMode.isTrivial();
2780
2781 // If this is the first addrmode then everything is fine.
2782 if (AddrModes.empty()) {
2783 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
2784 return true;
2785 }
2786
2787 // Figure out how different this is from the other address modes, which we
2788 // can do just by comparing against the first one given that we only care
2789 // about the cumulative difference.
2790 ExtAddrMode::FieldName ThisDifferentField =
2791 AddrModes[0].compare(NewAddrMode);
2792 if (DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
2793 DifferentField = ThisDifferentField;
2794 else if (DifferentField != ThisDifferentField)
2795 DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
2796
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002797 // If NewAddrMode differs in more than one dimension we cannot handle it.
2798 bool CanHandle = DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
2799
2800 // If Scale Field is different then we reject.
2801 CanHandle = CanHandle && DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::ScaleField;
2802
Serguei Katkov4d1dd6b2018-01-09 04:37:06 +00002803 // We also must reject the case when base offset is different and
2804 // scale reg is not null, we cannot handle this case due to merge of
2805 // different offsets will be used as ScaleReg.
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002806 CanHandle = CanHandle && (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField ||
2807 !NewAddrMode.ScaledReg);
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002808
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002809 // We also must reject the case when GV is different and BaseReg installed
2810 // due to we want to use base reg as a merge of GV values.
2811 CanHandle = CanHandle && (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField ||
2812 !NewAddrMode.HasBaseReg);
2813
2814 // Even if NewAddMode is the same we still need to collect it due to
2815 // original value is different. And later we will need all original values
2816 // as anchors during finding the common Phi node.
2817 if (CanHandle)
2818 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
2819 else
2820 AddrModes.clear();
2821
2822 return CanHandle;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002823 }
2824
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002825 /// Combine the addressing modes we've collected into a single
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002826 /// addressing mode.
2827 /// \return True iff we successfully combined them or we only had one so
2828 /// didn't need to combine them anyway.
2829 bool combineAddrModes() {
2830 // If we have no AddrModes then they can't be combined.
2831 if (AddrModes.size() == 0)
2832 return false;
2833
2834 // A single AddrMode can trivially be combined.
Serguei Katkov505359f2017-11-20 05:42:36 +00002835 if (AddrModes.size() == 1 || DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002836 return true;
2837
2838 // If the AddrModes we collected are all just equal to the value they are
2839 // derived from then combining them wouldn't do anything useful.
2840 if (AllAddrModesTrivial)
2841 return false;
2842
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002843 if (!addrModeCombiningAllowed())
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002844 return false;
2845
2846 // Build a map between <original value, basic block where we saw it> to
2847 // value of base register.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002848 // Bail out if there is no common type.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002849 FoldAddrToValueMapping Map;
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002850 if (!initializeMap(Map))
2851 return false;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002852
2853 Value *CommonValue = findCommon(Map);
2854 if (CommonValue)
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002855 AddrModes[0].SetCombinedField(DifferentField, CommonValue, AddrModes);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002856 return CommonValue != nullptr;
2857 }
2858
2859private:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002860 /// Initialize Map with anchor values. For address seen in some BB
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002861 /// we set the value of different field saw in this address.
2862 /// If address is not an instruction than basic block is set to null.
2863 /// At the same time we find a common type for different field we will
2864 /// use to create new Phi/Select nodes. Keep it in CommonType field.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002865 /// Return false if there is no common type found.
2866 bool initializeMap(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002867 // Keep track of keys where the value is null. We will need to replace it
2868 // with constant null when we know the common type.
2869 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 2> NullValue;
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002870 Type *IntPtrTy = SQ.DL.getIntPtrType(AddrModes[0].OriginalValue->getType());
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002871 for (auto &AM : AddrModes) {
2872 BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
2873 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AM.OriginalValue))
2874 BB = I->getParent();
2875
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002876 Value *DV = AM.GetFieldAsValue(DifferentField, IntPtrTy);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002877 if (DV) {
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002878 auto *Type = DV->getType();
2879 if (CommonType && CommonType != Type)
2880 return false;
2881 CommonType = Type;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002882 Map[{ AM.OriginalValue, BB }] = DV;
2883 } else {
2884 NullValue.push_back({ AM.OriginalValue, BB });
2885 }
2886 }
2887 assert(CommonType && "At least one non-null value must be!");
2888 for (auto VIBB : NullValue)
2889 Map[VIBB] = Constant::getNullValue(CommonType);
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002890 return true;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002891 }
2892
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002893 /// We have mapping between value A and basic block where value A
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002894 /// seen to other value B where B was a field in addressing mode represented
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002895 /// by A. Also we have an original value C representing an address in some
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002896 /// basic block. Traversing from C through phi and selects we ended up with
2897 /// A's in a map. This utility function tries to find a value V which is a
2898 /// field in addressing mode C and traversing through phi nodes and selects
2899 /// we will end up in corresponded values B in a map.
2900 /// The utility will create a new Phi/Selects if needed.
2901 // The simple example looks as follows:
2902 // BB1:
2903 // p1 = b1 + 40
2904 // br cond BB2, BB3
2905 // BB2:
2906 // p2 = b2 + 40
2907 // br BB3
2908 // BB3:
2909 // p = phi [p1, BB1], [p2, BB2]
2910 // v = load p
2911 // Map is
2912 // <p1, BB1> -> b1
2913 // <p2, BB2> -> b2
2914 // Request is
2915 // <p, BB3> -> ?
2916 // The function tries to find or build phi [b1, BB1], [b2, BB2] in BB3
2917 Value *findCommon(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Eric Christopherd72f78e2018-01-09 23:25:38 +00002918 // Tracks the simplification of newly created phi nodes. The reason we use
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002919 // this mapping is because we will add new created Phi nodes in AddrToBase.
2920 // Simplification of Phi nodes is recursive, so some Phi node may
2921 // be simplified after we added it to AddrToBase.
2922 // Using this mapping we can find the current value in AddrToBase.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002923 SimplificationTracker ST(SQ);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002924
2925 // First step, DFS to create PHI nodes for all intermediate blocks.
2926 // Also fill traverse order for the second step.
2927 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 32> TraverseOrder;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002928 InsertPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002929
2930 // Second Step, fill new nodes by merged values and simplify if possible.
2931 FillPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
2932
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002933 if (!AddrSinkNewSelects && ST.countNewSelectNodes() > 0) {
2934 ST.destroyNewNodes(CommonType);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002935 return nullptr;
2936 }
2937
2938 // Now we'd like to match New Phi nodes to existed ones.
2939 unsigned PhiNotMatchedCount = 0;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002940 if (!MatchPhiSet(ST, AddrSinkNewPhis, PhiNotMatchedCount)) {
2941 ST.destroyNewNodes(CommonType);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002942 return nullptr;
2943 }
2944
2945 auto *Result = ST.Get(Map.find(Original)->second);
2946 if (Result) {
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002947 NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated += ST.countNewPhiNodes() + PhiNotMatchedCount;
2948 NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated += ST.countNewSelectNodes();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002949 }
2950 return Result;
2951 }
2952
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002953 /// Try to match PHI node to Candidate.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002954 /// Matcher tracks the matched Phi nodes.
2955 bool MatchPhiNode(PHINode *PHI, PHINode *Candidate,
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002956 SmallSetVector<PHIPair, 8> &Matcher,
2957 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 32> &PhiNodesToMatch) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002958 SmallVector<PHIPair, 8> WorkList;
2959 Matcher.insert({ PHI, Candidate });
2960 WorkList.push_back({ PHI, Candidate });
2961 SmallSet<PHIPair, 8> Visited;
2962 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
2963 auto Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
2964 if (!Visited.insert(Item).second)
2965 continue;
2966 // We iterate over all incoming values to Phi to compare them.
2967 // If values are different and both of them Phi and the first one is a
2968 // Phi we added (subject to match) and both of them is in the same basic
2969 // block then we can match our pair if values match. So we state that
2970 // these values match and add it to work list to verify that.
2971 for (auto B : Item.first->blocks()) {
2972 Value *FirstValue = Item.first->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
2973 Value *SecondValue = Item.second->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
2974 if (FirstValue == SecondValue)
2975 continue;
2976
2977 PHINode *FirstPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(FirstValue);
2978 PHINode *SecondPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(SecondValue);
2979
2980 // One of them is not Phi or
2981 // The first one is not Phi node from the set we'd like to match or
2982 // Phi nodes from different basic blocks then
2983 // we will not be able to match.
2984 if (!FirstPhi || !SecondPhi || !PhiNodesToMatch.count(FirstPhi) ||
2985 FirstPhi->getParent() != SecondPhi->getParent())
2986 return false;
2987
2988 // If we already matched them then continue.
2989 if (Matcher.count({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi }))
2990 continue;
2991 // So the values are different and does not match. So we need them to
2992 // match.
2993 Matcher.insert({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
2994 // But me must check it.
2995 WorkList.push_back({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
2996 }
2997 }
2998 return true;
2999 }
3000
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003001 /// For the given set of PHI nodes (in the SimplificationTracker) try
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003002 /// to find their equivalents.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003003 /// Returns false if this matching fails and creation of new Phi is disabled.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003004 bool MatchPhiSet(SimplificationTracker &ST, bool AllowNewPhiNodes,
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003005 unsigned &PhiNotMatchedCount) {
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003006 // Use a SetVector for Matched to make sure we do replacements (ReplacePhi)
3007 // in a deterministic order below.
3008 SmallSetVector<PHIPair, 8> Matched;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003009 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> WillNotMatch;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003010 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 32> &PhiNodesToMatch = ST.newPhiNodes();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003011 while (PhiNodesToMatch.size()) {
3012 PHINode *PHI = *PhiNodesToMatch.begin();
3013
3014 // Add us, if no Phi nodes in the basic block we do not match.
3015 WillNotMatch.clear();
3016 WillNotMatch.insert(PHI);
3017
3018 // Traverse all Phis until we found equivalent or fail to do that.
3019 bool IsMatched = false;
3020 for (auto &P : PHI->getParent()->phis()) {
3021 if (&P == PHI)
3022 continue;
3023 if ((IsMatched = MatchPhiNode(PHI, &P, Matched, PhiNodesToMatch)))
3024 break;
3025 // If it does not match, collect all Phi nodes from matcher.
3026 // if we end up with no match, them all these Phi nodes will not match
3027 // later.
3028 for (auto M : Matched)
3029 WillNotMatch.insert(M.first);
3030 Matched.clear();
3031 }
3032 if (IsMatched) {
Serguei Katkova20e05b2018-03-12 03:50:07 +00003033 // Replace all matched values and erase them.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003034 for (auto MV : Matched)
3035 ST.ReplacePhi(MV.first, MV.second);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003036 Matched.clear();
3037 continue;
3038 }
3039 // If we are not allowed to create new nodes then bail out.
3040 if (!AllowNewPhiNodes)
3041 return false;
3042 // Just remove all seen values in matcher. They will not match anything.
3043 PhiNotMatchedCount += WillNotMatch.size();
3044 for (auto *P : WillNotMatch)
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003045 PhiNodesToMatch.remove(P);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003046 }
3047 return true;
3048 }
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003049 /// Fill the placeholder with values from predecessors and simplify it.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003050 void FillPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
3051 SmallVectorImpl<ValueInBB> &TraverseOrder,
3052 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
3053 while (!TraverseOrder.empty()) {
3054 auto Current = TraverseOrder.pop_back_val();
3055 assert(Map.find(Current) != Map.end() && "No node to fill!!!");
3056 Value *CurrentValue = Current.first;
3057 BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = Current.second;
3058 Value *V = Map[Current];
3059
3060 if (SelectInst *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
3061 // CurrentValue also must be Select.
3062 auto *CurrentSelect = cast<SelectInst>(CurrentValue);
3063 auto *TrueValue = CurrentSelect->getTrueValue();
3064 ValueInBB TrueItem = { TrueValue, isa<Instruction>(TrueValue)
3065 ? CurrentBlock
3066 : nullptr };
3067 assert(Map.find(TrueItem) != Map.end() && "No True Value!");
Serguei Katkovb0b67a82017-12-18 04:25:07 +00003068 Select->setTrueValue(ST.Get(Map[TrueItem]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003069 auto *FalseValue = CurrentSelect->getFalseValue();
3070 ValueInBB FalseItem = { FalseValue, isa<Instruction>(FalseValue)
3071 ? CurrentBlock
3072 : nullptr };
3073 assert(Map.find(FalseItem) != Map.end() && "No False Value!");
Serguei Katkovb0b67a82017-12-18 04:25:07 +00003074 Select->setFalseValue(ST.Get(Map[FalseItem]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003075 } else {
3076 // Must be a Phi node then.
3077 PHINode *PHI = cast<PHINode>(V);
3078 // Fill the Phi node with values from predecessors.
3079 bool IsDefinedInThisBB =
3080 cast<Instruction>(CurrentValue)->getParent() == CurrentBlock;
3081 auto *CurrentPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(CurrentValue);
3082 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock)) {
3083 Value *PV = IsDefinedInThisBB
3084 ? CurrentPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(B)
3085 : CurrentValue;
3086 ValueInBB item = { PV, isa<Instruction>(PV) ? B : nullptr };
3087 assert(Map.find(item) != Map.end() && "No predecessor Value!");
3088 PHI->addIncoming(ST.Get(Map[item]), B);
3089 }
3090 }
3091 // Simplify if possible.
3092 Map[Current] = ST.Simplify(V);
3093 }
3094 }
3095
3096 /// Starting from value recursively iterates over predecessors up to known
3097 /// ending values represented in a map. For each traversed block inserts
3098 /// a placeholder Phi or Select.
3099 /// Reports all new created Phi/Select nodes by adding them to set.
3100 /// Also reports and order in what basic blocks have been traversed.
3101 void InsertPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
3102 SmallVectorImpl<ValueInBB> &TraverseOrder,
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003103 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003104 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 32> Worklist;
3105 assert((isa<PHINode>(Original.first) || isa<SelectInst>(Original.first)) &&
3106 "Address must be a Phi or Select node");
3107 auto *Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
3108 Worklist.push_back(Original);
3109 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
3110 auto Current = Worklist.pop_back_val();
3111 // If value is not an instruction it is something global, constant,
3112 // parameter and we can say that this value is observable in any block.
3113 // Set block to null to denote it.
3114 // Also please take into account that it is how we build anchors.
3115 if (!isa<Instruction>(Current.first))
3116 Current.second = nullptr;
3117 // if it is already visited or it is an ending value then skip it.
3118 if (Map.find(Current) != Map.end())
3119 continue;
3120 TraverseOrder.push_back(Current);
3121
3122 Value *CurrentValue = Current.first;
3123 BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = Current.second;
3124 // CurrentValue must be a Phi node or select. All others must be covered
3125 // by anchors.
3126 Instruction *CurrentI = cast<Instruction>(CurrentValue);
3127 bool IsDefinedInThisBB = CurrentI->getParent() == CurrentBlock;
3128
Vedant Kumare0b5f862018-05-10 23:01:54 +00003129 unsigned PredCount = pred_size(CurrentBlock);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003130 // if Current Value is not defined in this basic block we are interested
3131 // in values in predecessors.
3132 if (!IsDefinedInThisBB) {
3133 assert(PredCount && "Unreachable block?!");
3134 PHINode *PHI = PHINode::Create(CommonType, PredCount, "sunk_phi",
3135 &CurrentBlock->front());
3136 Map[Current] = PHI;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003137 ST.insertNewPhi(PHI);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003138 // Add all predecessors in work list.
3139 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock))
3140 Worklist.push_back({ CurrentValue, B });
3141 continue;
3142 }
3143 // Value is defined in this basic block.
3144 if (SelectInst *OrigSelect = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(CurrentI)) {
3145 // Is it OK to get metadata from OrigSelect?!
3146 // Create a Select placeholder with dummy value.
3147 SelectInst *Select =
3148 SelectInst::Create(OrigSelect->getCondition(), Dummy, Dummy,
3149 OrigSelect->getName(), OrigSelect, OrigSelect);
3150 Map[Current] = Select;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003151 ST.insertNewSelect(Select);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003152 // We are interested in True and False value in this basic block.
3153 Worklist.push_back({ OrigSelect->getTrueValue(), CurrentBlock });
3154 Worklist.push_back({ OrigSelect->getFalseValue(), CurrentBlock });
3155 } else {
3156 // It must be a Phi node then.
3157 auto *CurrentPhi = cast<PHINode>(CurrentI);
3158 // Create new Phi node for merge of bases.
3159 assert(PredCount && "Unreachable block?!");
3160 PHINode *PHI = PHINode::Create(CommonType, PredCount, "sunk_phi",
3161 &CurrentBlock->front());
3162 Map[Current] = PHI;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003163 ST.insertNewPhi(PHI);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003164
3165 // Add all predecessors in work list.
3166 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock))
3167 Worklist.push_back({ CurrentPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(B), B });
3168 }
3169 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003170 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003171
3172 bool addrModeCombiningAllowed() {
3173 if (DisableComplexAddrModes)
3174 return false;
3175 switch (DifferentField) {
3176 default:
3177 return false;
3178 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
3179 return AddrSinkCombineBaseReg;
3180 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
3181 return AddrSinkCombineBaseGV;
3182 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
3183 return AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs;
3184 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
3185 return AddrSinkCombineScaledReg;
3186 }
3187 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003188};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003189} // end anonymous namespace
3190
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003191/// Try adding ScaleReg*Scale to the current addressing mode.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003192/// Return true and update AddrMode if this addr mode is legal for the target,
3193/// false if not.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003194bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003195 unsigned Depth) {
3196 // If Scale is 1, then this is the same as adding ScaleReg to the addressing
3197 // mode. Just process that directly.
3198 if (Scale == 1)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003199 return matchAddr(ScaleReg, Depth);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003200
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003201 // If the scale is 0, it takes nothing to add this.
3202 if (Scale == 0)
3203 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003204
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003205 // If we already have a scale of this value, we can add to it, otherwise, we
3206 // need an available scale field.
3207 if (AddrMode.Scale != 0 && AddrMode.ScaledReg != ScaleReg)
3208 return false;
3209
3210 ExtAddrMode TestAddrMode = AddrMode;
3211
3212 // Add scale to turn X*4+X*3 -> X*7. This could also do things like
3213 // [A+B + A*7] -> [B+A*8].
3214 TestAddrMode.Scale += Scale;
3215 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = ScaleReg;
3216
3217 // If the new address isn't legal, bail out.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003218 if (!TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003219 return false;
3220
3221 // It was legal, so commit it.
3222 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003223
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003224 // Okay, we decided that we can add ScaleReg+Scale to AddrMode. Check now
3225 // to see if ScaleReg is actually X+C. If so, we can turn this into adding
3226 // X*Scale + C*Scale to addr mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003227 ConstantInt *CI = nullptr; Value *AddLHS = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003228 if (isa<Instruction>(ScaleReg) && // not a constant expr.
3229 match(ScaleReg, m_Add(m_Value(AddLHS), m_ConstantInt(CI)))) {
3230 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = AddLHS;
3231 TestAddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue()*TestAddrMode.Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003232
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003233 // If this addressing mode is legal, commit it and remember that we folded
3234 // this instruction.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003235 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003236 AddrModeInsts.push_back(cast<Instruction>(ScaleReg));
3237 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
3238 return true;
3239 }
3240 }
3241
3242 // Otherwise, not (x+c)*scale, just return what we have.
3243 return true;
3244}
3245
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003246/// This is a little filter, which returns true if an addressing computation
3247/// involving I might be folded into a load/store accessing it.
3248/// This doesn't need to be perfect, but needs to accept at least
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003249/// the set of instructions that MatchOperationAddr can.
3250static bool MightBeFoldableInst(Instruction *I) {
3251 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3252 case Instruction::BitCast:
Eli Benderskyf13a0562014-05-22 00:02:52 +00003253 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003254 // Don't touch identity bitcasts.
3255 if (I->getType() == I->getOperand(0)->getType())
3256 return false;
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00003257 return I->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003258 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3259 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
3260 return true;
3261 case Instruction::IntToPtr:
3262 // We know the input is intptr_t, so this is foldable.
3263 return true;
3264 case Instruction::Add:
3265 return true;
3266 case Instruction::Mul:
3267 case Instruction::Shl:
3268 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3269 return isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
3270 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
3271 return true;
3272 default:
3273 return false;
3274 }
3275}
3276
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003277/// Check whether or not \p Val is a legal instruction for \p TLI.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003278/// \note \p Val is assumed to be the product of some type promotion.
3279/// Therefore if \p Val has an undefined state in \p TLI, this is assumed
3280/// to be legal, as the non-promoted value would have had the same state.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003281static bool isPromotedInstructionLegal(const TargetLowering &TLI,
3282 const DataLayout &DL, Value *Val) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003283 Instruction *PromotedInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
3284 if (!PromotedInst)
3285 return false;
3286 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(PromotedInst->getOpcode());
3287 // If the ISDOpcode is undefined, it was undefined before the promotion.
3288 if (!ISDOpcode)
3289 return true;
3290 // Otherwise, check if the promoted instruction is legal or not.
3291 return TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003292 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, PromotedInst->getType()));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003293}
3294
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003295namespace {
3296
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003297/// Hepler class to perform type promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003298class TypePromotionHelper {
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003299 /// Utility function to add a promoted instruction \p ExtOpnd to
3300 /// \p PromotedInsts and record the type of extension we have seen.
3301 static void addPromotedInst(InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3302 Instruction *ExtOpnd,
3303 bool IsSExt) {
3304 ExtType ExtTy = IsSExt ? SignExtension : ZeroExtension;
3305 InstrToOrigTy::iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(ExtOpnd);
3306 if (It != PromotedInsts.end()) {
3307 // If the new extension is same as original, the information in
3308 // PromotedInsts[ExtOpnd] is still correct.
3309 if (It->second.getInt() == ExtTy)
3310 return;
3311
3312 // Now the new extension is different from old extension, we make
3313 // the type information invalid by setting extension type to
3314 // BothExtension.
3315 ExtTy = BothExtension;
3316 }
3317 PromotedInsts[ExtOpnd] = TypeIsSExt(ExtOpnd->getType(), ExtTy);
3318 }
3319
3320 /// Utility function to query the original type of instruction \p Opnd
3321 /// with a matched extension type. If the extension doesn't match, we
3322 /// cannot use the information we had on the original type.
3323 /// BothExtension doesn't match any extension type.
3324 static const Type *getOrigType(const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3325 Instruction *Opnd,
3326 bool IsSExt) {
3327 ExtType ExtTy = IsSExt ? SignExtension : ZeroExtension;
3328 InstrToOrigTy::const_iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(Opnd);
3329 if (It != PromotedInsts.end() && It->second.getInt() == ExtTy)
3330 return It->second.getPointer();
3331 return nullptr;
3332 }
3333
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003334 /// Utility function to check whether or not a sign or zero extension
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003335 /// of \p Inst with \p ConsideredExtType can be moved through \p Inst by
3336 /// either using the operands of \p Inst or promoting \p Inst.
3337 /// The type of the extension is defined by \p IsSExt.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003338 /// In other words, check if:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003339 /// ext (Ty Inst opnd1 opnd2 ... opndN) to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003340 /// #1 Promotion applies:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003341 /// ConsideredExtType Inst (ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType, ...).
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003342 /// #2 Operand reuses:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003343 /// ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003344 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003345 static bool canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst, Type *ConsideredExtType,
3346 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003347
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003348 /// Utility function to determine if \p OpIdx should be promoted when
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003349 /// promoting \p Inst.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003350 static bool shouldExtOperand(const Instruction *Inst, int OpIdx) {
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003351 return !(isa<SelectInst>(Inst) && OpIdx == 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003352 }
3353
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003354 /// Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003355 /// operand is a promotable trunc or sext or zext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003356 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003357 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003358 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003359 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3360 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003361 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003362 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003363 static Value *promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
3364 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003365 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003366 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003367 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003368
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003369 /// Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003370 /// operand is promotable and is not a supported trunc or sext.
3371 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003372 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all the instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003373 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003374 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3375 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003376 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003377 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003378 static Value *promoteOperandForOther(Instruction *Ext,
3379 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3380 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3381 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3382 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3383 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3384 const TargetLowering &TLI, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003385
3386 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003387 static Value *signExtendOperandForOther(
3388 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3389 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3390 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3391 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3392 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3393 Exts, Truncs, TLI, true);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003394 }
3395
3396 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003397 static Value *zeroExtendOperandForOther(
3398 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3399 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3400 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3401 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3402 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3403 Exts, Truncs, TLI, false);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003404 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003405
3406public:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003407 /// Type for the utility function that promotes the operand of Ext.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003408 using Action = Value *(*)(Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3409 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3410 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3411 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3412 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3413 const TargetLowering &TLI);
3414
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00003415 /// Given a sign/zero extend instruction \p Ext, return the appropriate
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003416 /// action to promote the operand of \p Ext instead of using Ext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003417 /// \return NULL if no promotable action is possible with the current
3418 /// sign extension.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003419 /// \p InsertedInsts keeps track of all the instructions inserted by the
3420 /// other CodeGenPrepare optimizations. This information is important
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003421 /// because we do not want to promote these instructions as CodeGenPrepare
3422 /// will reinsert them later. Thus creating an infinite loop: create/remove.
3423 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003424 static Action getAction(Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003425 const TargetLowering &TLI,
3426 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts);
3427};
3428
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003429} // end anonymous namespace
3430
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003431bool TypePromotionHelper::canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst,
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003432 Type *ConsideredExtType,
3433 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3434 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003435 // The promotion helper does not know how to deal with vector types yet.
3436 // To be able to fix that, we would need to fix the places where we
3437 // statically extend, e.g., constants and such.
3438 if (Inst->getType()->isVectorTy())
3439 return false;
3440
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003441 // We can always get through zext.
3442 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Inst))
3443 return true;
3444
3445 // sext(sext) is ok too.
3446 if (IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Inst))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003447 return true;
3448
3449 // We can get through binary operator, if it is legal. In other words, the
3450 // binary operator must have a nuw or nsw flag.
3451 const BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Inst);
3452 if (BinOp && isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(BinOp) &&
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003453 ((!IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) ||
3454 (IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003455 return true;
3456
Guozhi Weic4c6b542018-06-05 21:03:52 +00003457 // ext(and(opnd, cst)) --> and(ext(opnd), ext(cst))
3458 if ((Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And ||
3459 Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or))
3460 return true;
3461
3462 // ext(xor(opnd, cst)) --> xor(ext(opnd), ext(cst))
3463 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
3464 const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
3465 // Make sure it is not a NOT.
3466 if (Cst && !Cst->getValue().isAllOnesValue())
3467 return true;
3468 }
3469
3470 // zext(shrl(opnd, cst)) --> shrl(zext(opnd), zext(cst))
3471 // It may change a poisoned value into a regular value, like
3472 // zext i32 (shrl i8 %val, 12) --> shrl i32 (zext i8 %val), 12
3473 // poisoned value regular value
3474 // It should be OK since undef covers valid value.
3475 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && !IsSExt)
3476 return true;
3477
3478 // and(ext(shl(opnd, cst)), cst) --> and(shl(ext(opnd), ext(cst)), cst)
3479 // It may change a poisoned value into a regular value, like
3480 // zext i32 (shl i8 %val, 12) --> shl i32 (zext i8 %val), 12
3481 // poisoned value regular value
3482 // It should be OK since undef covers valid value.
3483 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && Inst->hasOneUse()) {
3484 const Instruction *ExtInst =
3485 dyn_cast<const Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
3486 if (ExtInst->hasOneUse()) {
3487 const Instruction *AndInst =
3488 dyn_cast<const Instruction>(*ExtInst->user_begin());
3489 if (AndInst && AndInst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
3490 const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AndInst->getOperand(1));
3491 if (Cst &&
3492 Cst->getValue().isIntN(Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth()))
3493 return true;
3494 }
3495 }
3496 }
3497
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003498 // Check if we can do the following simplification.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003499 // ext(trunc(opnd)) --> ext(opnd)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003500 if (!isa<TruncInst>(Inst))
3501 return false;
3502
3503 Value *OpndVal = Inst->getOperand(0);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003504 // Check if we can use this operand in the extension.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003505 // If the type is larger than the result type of the extension, we cannot.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003506 if (!OpndVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
3507 OpndVal->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
3508 ConsideredExtType->getIntegerBitWidth())
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003509 return false;
3510
3511 // If the operand of the truncate is not an instruction, we will not have
3512 // any information on the dropped bits.
3513 // (Actually we could for constant but it is not worth the extra logic).
3514 Instruction *Opnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OpndVal);
3515 if (!Opnd)
3516 return false;
3517
3518 // Check if the source of the type is narrow enough.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003519 // I.e., check that trunc just drops extended bits of the same kind of
3520 // the extension.
3521 // #1 get the type of the operand and check the kind of the extended bits.
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003522 const Type *OpndType = getOrigType(PromotedInsts, Opnd, IsSExt);
3523 if (OpndType)
3524 ;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003525 else if ((IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Opnd)) || (!IsSExt && isa<ZExtInst>(Opnd)))
3526 OpndType = Opnd->getOperand(0)->getType();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003527 else
3528 return false;
3529
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003530 // #2 check that the truncate just drops extended bits.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003531 return Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >=
3532 OpndType->getIntegerBitWidth();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003533}
3534
3535TypePromotionHelper::Action TypePromotionHelper::getAction(
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003536 Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003537 const TargetLowering &TLI, const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003538 assert((isa<SExtInst>(Ext) || isa<ZExtInst>(Ext)) &&
3539 "Unexpected instruction type");
3540 Instruction *ExtOpnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
3541 Type *ExtTy = Ext->getType();
3542 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(Ext);
3543 // If the operand of the extension is not an instruction, we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003544 // get through.
3545 // If it, check we can get through.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003546 if (!ExtOpnd || !canGetThrough(ExtOpnd, ExtTy, PromotedInsts, IsSExt))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003547 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003548
3549 // Do not promote if the operand has been added by codegenprepare.
3550 // Otherwise, it means we are undoing an optimization that is likely to be
3551 // redone, thus causing potential infinite loop.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003552 if (isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) && InsertedInsts.count(ExtOpnd))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003553 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003554
3555 // SExt or Trunc instructions.
3556 // Return the related handler.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003557 if (isa<SExtInst>(ExtOpnd) || isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) ||
3558 isa<ZExtInst>(ExtOpnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003559 return promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003560
3561 // Regular instruction.
3562 // Abort early if we will have to insert non-free instructions.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003563 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse() && !TLI.isTruncateFree(ExtTy, ExtOpnd->getType()))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003564 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003565 return IsSExt ? signExtendOperandForOther : zeroExtendOperandForOther;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003566}
3567
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003568Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003569 Instruction *SExt, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003570 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003571 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003572 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003573 // By construction, the operand of SExt is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
3574 // get through it and this method should not be called.
3575 Instruction *SExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(SExt->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003576 Value *ExtVal = SExt;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003577 bool HasMergedNonFreeExt = false;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003578 if (isa<ZExtInst>(SExtOpnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003579 // Replace s|zext(zext(opnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003580 // => zext(opnd).
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003581 HasMergedNonFreeExt = !TLI.isExtFree(SExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003582 Value *ZExt =
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003583 TPT.createZExt(SExt, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0), SExt->getType());
3584 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(SExt, ZExt);
3585 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003586 ExtVal = ZExt;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003587 } else {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003588 // Replace z|sext(trunc(opnd)) or sext(sext(opnd))
3589 // => z|sext(opnd).
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003590 TPT.setOperand(SExt, 0, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0));
3591 }
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003592 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003593
3594 // Remove dead code.
3595 if (SExtOpnd->use_empty())
3596 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExtOpnd);
3597
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003598 // Check if the extension is still needed.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003599 Instruction *ExtInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ExtVal);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003600 if (!ExtInst || ExtInst->getType() != ExtInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003601 if (ExtInst) {
3602 if (Exts)
3603 Exts->push_back(ExtInst);
3604 CreatedInstsCost = !TLI.isExtFree(ExtInst) && !HasMergedNonFreeExt;
3605 }
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003606 return ExtVal;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003607 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003608
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003609 // At this point we have: ext ty opnd to ty.
3610 // Reassign the uses of ExtInst to the opnd and remove ExtInst.
3611 Value *NextVal = ExtInst->getOperand(0);
3612 TPT.eraseInstruction(ExtInst, NextVal);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003613 return NextVal;
3614}
3615
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003616Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForOther(
3617 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003618 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003619 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003620 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI,
3621 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003622 // By construction, the operand of Ext is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003623 // get through it and this method should not be called.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003624 Instruction *ExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003625 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003626 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse()) {
3627 // ExtOpnd will be promoted.
3628 // All its uses, but Ext, will need to use a truncated value of the
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003629 // promoted version.
3630 // Create the truncate now.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003631 Value *Trunc = TPT.createTrunc(Ext, ExtOpnd->getType());
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003632 if (Instruction *ITrunc = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Trunc)) {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003633 // Insert it just after the definition.
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00003634 ITrunc->moveAfter(ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003635 if (Truncs)
3636 Truncs->push_back(ITrunc);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003637 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003638
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003639 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(ExtOpnd, Trunc);
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003640 // Restore the operand of Ext (which has been replaced by the previous call
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003641 // to replaceAllUsesWith) to avoid creating a cycle trunc <-> sext.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003642 TPT.setOperand(Ext, 0, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003643 }
3644
3645 // Get through the Instruction:
3646 // 1. Update its type.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003647 // 2. Replace the uses of Ext by Inst.
3648 // 3. Extend each operand that needs to be extended.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003649
3650 // Remember the original type of the instruction before promotion.
3651 // This is useful to know that the high bits are sign extended bits.
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003652 addPromotedInst(PromotedInsts, ExtOpnd, IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003653 // Step #1.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003654 TPT.mutateType(ExtOpnd, Ext->getType());
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003655 // Step #2.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003656 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(Ext, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003657 // Step #3.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003658 Instruction *ExtForOpnd = Ext;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003659
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003660 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Propagate Ext to operands\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003661 for (int OpIdx = 0, EndOpIdx = ExtOpnd->getNumOperands(); OpIdx != EndOpIdx;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003662 ++OpIdx) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003663 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Operand:\n" << *(ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)) << '\n');
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003664 if (ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)->getType() == Ext->getType() ||
3665 !shouldExtOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003666 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "No need to propagate\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003667 continue;
3668 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003669 // Check if we can statically extend the operand.
3670 Value *Opnd = ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003671 if (const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Opnd)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003672 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003673 unsigned BitWidth = Ext->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
3674 APInt CstVal = IsSExt ? Cst->getValue().sext(BitWidth)
3675 : Cst->getValue().zext(BitWidth);
3676 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ConstantInt::get(Ext->getType(), CstVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003677 continue;
3678 }
3679 // UndefValue are typed, so we have to statically sign extend them.
3680 if (isa<UndefValue>(Opnd)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003681 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003682 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, UndefValue::get(Ext->getType()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003683 continue;
3684 }
3685
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00003686 // Otherwise we have to explicitly sign extend the operand.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003687 // Check if Ext was reused to extend an operand.
3688 if (!ExtForOpnd) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003689 // If yes, create a new one.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003690 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "More operands to ext\n");
Quentin Colombet84f89cc2014-12-22 18:11:52 +00003691 Value *ValForExtOpnd = IsSExt ? TPT.createSExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType())
3692 : TPT.createZExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType());
3693 if (!isa<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd)) {
3694 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ValForExtOpnd);
3695 continue;
3696 }
3697 ExtForOpnd = cast<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003698 }
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003699 if (Exts)
3700 Exts->push_back(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003701 TPT.setOperand(ExtForOpnd, 0, Opnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003702
3703 // Move the sign extension before the insertion point.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003704 TPT.moveBefore(ExtForOpnd, ExtOpnd);
3705 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003706 CreatedInstsCost += !TLI.isExtFree(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003707 // If more sext are required, new instructions will have to be created.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003708 ExtForOpnd = nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003709 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003710 if (ExtForOpnd == Ext) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003711 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Extension is useless now\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003712 TPT.eraseInstruction(Ext);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003713 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003714 return ExtOpnd;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003715}
3716
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003717/// Check whether or not promoting an instruction to a wider type is profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003718/// \p NewCost gives the cost of extension instructions created by the
3719/// promotion.
3720/// \p OldCost gives the cost of extension instructions before the promotion
3721/// plus the number of instructions that have been
3722/// matched in the addressing mode the promotion.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003723/// \p PromotedOperand is the value that has been promoted.
3724/// \return True if the promotion is profitable, false otherwise.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003725bool AddressingModeMatcher::isPromotionProfitable(
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003726 unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost, Value *PromotedOperand) const {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003727 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "OldCost: " << OldCost << "\tNewCost: " << NewCost
3728 << '\n');
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003729 // The cost of the new extensions is greater than the cost of the
3730 // old extension plus what we folded.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003731 // This is not profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003732 if (NewCost > OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003733 return false;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003734 if (NewCost < OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003735 return true;
3736 // The promotion is neutral but it may help folding the sign extension in
3737 // loads for instance.
3738 // Check that we did not create an illegal instruction.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003739 return isPromotedInstructionLegal(TLI, DL, PromotedOperand);
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003740}
3741
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003742/// Given an instruction or constant expr, see if we can fold the operation
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003743/// into the addressing mode. If so, update the addressing mode and return
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003744/// true, otherwise return false without modifying AddrMode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003745/// If \p MovedAway is not NULL, it contains the information of whether or
3746/// not AddrInst has to be folded into the addressing mode on success.
3747/// If \p MovedAway == true, \p AddrInst will not be part of the addressing
3748/// because it has been moved away.
3749/// Thus AddrInst must not be added in the matched instructions.
3750/// This state can happen when AddrInst is a sext, since it may be moved away.
3751/// Therefore, AddrInst may not be valid when MovedAway is true and it must
3752/// not be referenced anymore.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003753bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003754 unsigned Depth,
3755 bool *MovedAway) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003756 // Avoid exponential behavior on extremely deep expression trees.
3757 if (Depth >= 5) return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003758
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003759 // By default, all matched instructions stay in place.
3760 if (MovedAway)
3761 *MovedAway = false;
3762
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003763 switch (Opcode) {
3764 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3765 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003766 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003767 case Instruction::IntToPtr: {
3768 auto AS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3769 auto PtrTy = MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003770 // This inttoptr is a no-op if the integer type is pointer sized.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003771 if (TLI.getValueType(DL, AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) == PtrTy)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003772 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003773 return false;
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003774 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003775 case Instruction::BitCast:
3776 // BitCast is always a noop, and we can handle it as long as it is
3777 // int->int or pointer->pointer (we don't want int<->fp or something).
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00003778 if (AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003779 // Don't touch identity bitcasts. These were probably put here by LSR,
3780 // and we don't want to mess around with them. Assume it knows what it
3781 // is doing.
3782 AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType() != AddrInst->getType())
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003783 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003784 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003785 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: {
3786 unsigned SrcAS
3787 = AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3788 unsigned DestAS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3789 if (TLI.isNoopAddrSpaceCast(SrcAS, DestAS))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003790 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003791 return false;
3792 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003793 case Instruction::Add: {
3794 // Check to see if we can merge in the RHS then the LHS. If so, we win.
3795 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3796 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003797 // Start a transaction at this point.
3798 // The LHS may match but not the RHS.
3799 // Therefore, we need a higher level restoration point to undo partially
3800 // matched operation.
3801 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3802 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
3803
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003804 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1) &&
3805 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003806 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003807
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003808 // Restore the old addr mode info.
3809 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3810 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003811 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003812
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003813 // Otherwise this was over-aggressive. Try merging in the LHS then the RHS.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003814 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1) &&
3815 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003816 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003817
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003818 // Otherwise we definitely can't merge the ADD in.
3819 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3820 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003821 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003822 break;
3823 }
3824 //case Instruction::Or:
3825 // TODO: We can handle "Or Val, Imm" iff this OR is equivalent to an ADD.
3826 //break;
3827 case Instruction::Mul:
3828 case Instruction::Shl: {
3829 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3830 ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(1));
Philip Reames9c3cbee2017-10-30 23:59:51 +00003831 if (!RHS || RHS->getBitWidth() > 64)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003832 return false;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003833 int64_t Scale = RHS->getSExtValue();
3834 if (Opcode == Instruction::Shl)
3835 Scale = 1LL << Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003836
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003837 return matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Scale, Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003838 }
3839 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
3840 // Scan the GEP. We check it if it contains constant offsets and at most
3841 // one variable offset.
3842 int VariableOperand = -1;
3843 unsigned VariableScale = 0;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003844
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003845 int64_t ConstantOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003846 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(AddrInst);
3847 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AddrInst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Peter Collingbourneab85225b2016-12-02 02:24:42 +00003848 if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003849 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003850 unsigned Idx =
3851 cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
3852 ConstantOffset += SL->getElementOffset(Idx);
3853 } else {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003854 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003855 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))) {
Simon Pilgrimee82a792018-08-13 12:10:09 +00003856 const APInt &CVal = CI->getValue();
3857 if (CVal.getMinSignedBits() <= 64) {
3858 ConstantOffset += CVal.getSExtValue() * TypeSize;
3859 continue;
3860 }
3861 }
3862 if (TypeSize) { // Scales of zero don't do anything.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003863 // We only allow one variable index at the moment.
3864 if (VariableOperand != -1)
3865 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003866
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003867 // Remember the variable index.
3868 VariableOperand = i;
3869 VariableScale = TypeSize;
3870 }
3871 }
3872 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003873
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003874 // A common case is for the GEP to only do a constant offset. In this case,
3875 // just add it to the disp field and check validity.
3876 if (VariableOperand == -1) {
3877 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003878 if (ConstantOffset == 0 ||
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003879 TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003880 // Check to see if we can fold the base pointer in too.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003881 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003882 return true;
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00003883 } else if (EnableGEPOffsetSplit && isa<GetElementPtrInst>(AddrInst) &&
3884 TLI.shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() && Depth == 0 &&
3885 ConstantOffset > 0) {
3886 // Record GEPs with non-zero offsets as candidates for splitting in the
3887 // event that the offset cannot fit into the r+i addressing mode.
3888 // Simple and common case that only one GEP is used in calculating the
3889 // address for the memory access.
3890 Value *Base = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3891 auto *BaseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Base);
3892 auto *GEP = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(AddrInst);
3893 if (isa<Argument>(Base) || isa<GlobalValue>(Base) ||
3894 (BaseI && !isa<CastInst>(BaseI) &&
3895 !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(BaseI))) {
3896 // If the base is an instruction, make sure the GEP is not in the same
3897 // basic block as the base. If the base is an argument or global
3898 // value, make sure the GEP is not in the entry block. Otherwise,
3899 // instruction selection can undo the split. Also make sure the
3900 // parent block allows inserting non-PHI instructions before the
3901 // terminator.
3902 BasicBlock *Parent =
3903 BaseI ? BaseI->getParent() : &GEP->getFunction()->getEntryBlock();
3904 if (GEP->getParent() != Parent && !Parent->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
3905 LargeOffsetGEP = std::make_pair(GEP, ConstantOffset);
3906 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003907 }
3908 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= ConstantOffset;
3909 return false;
3910 }
3911
3912 // Save the valid addressing mode in case we can't match.
3913 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3914 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3915
3916 // See if the scale and offset amount is valid for this target.
3917 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
3918
3919 // Match the base operand of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003920 if (!matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003921 // If it couldn't be matched, just stuff the value in a register.
3922 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
3923 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3924 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3925 return false;
3926 }
3927 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3928 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3929 }
3930
3931 // Match the remaining variable portion of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003932 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand), VariableScale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003933 Depth)) {
3934 // If it couldn't be matched, try stuffing the base into a register
3935 // instead of matching it, and retrying the match of the scale.
3936 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3937 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3938 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg)
3939 return false;
3940 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3941 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3942 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003943 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand),
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003944 VariableScale, Depth)) {
3945 // If even that didn't work, bail.
3946 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3947 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3948 return false;
3949 }
3950 }
3951
3952 return true;
3953 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003954 case Instruction::SExt:
3955 case Instruction::ZExt: {
3956 Instruction *Ext = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AddrInst);
3957 if (!Ext)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003958 return false;
Sanjay Patelab60d042014-07-16 21:08:10 +00003959
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003960 // Try to move this ext out of the way of the addressing mode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003961 // Ask for a method for doing so.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003962 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003963 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(Ext, InsertedInsts, TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003964 if (!TPH)
3965 return false;
3966
3967 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3968 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003969 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0;
3970 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI.isExtFree(Ext);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003971 Value *PromotedOperand =
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003972 TPH(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost, nullptr, nullptr, TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003973 // SExt has been moved away.
3974 // Thus either it will be rematched later in the recursive calls or it is
3975 // gone. Anyway, we must not fold it into the addressing mode at this point.
3976 // E.g.,
3977 // op = add opnd, 1
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003978 // idx = ext op
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003979 // addr = gep base, idx
3980 // is now:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003981 // promotedOpnd = ext opnd <- no match here
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003982 // op = promoted_add promotedOpnd, 1 <- match (later in recursive calls)
3983 // addr = gep base, op <- match
3984 if (MovedAway)
3985 *MovedAway = true;
3986
3987 assert(PromotedOperand &&
3988 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
3989
3990 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3991 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3992
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003993 if (!matchAddr(PromotedOperand, Depth) ||
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003994 // The total of the new cost is equal to the cost of the created
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003995 // instructions.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003996 // The total of the old cost is equal to the cost of the extension plus
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003997 // what we have saved in the addressing mode.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003998 !isPromotionProfitable(CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003999 ExtCost + (AddrModeInsts.size() - OldSize),
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00004000 PromotedOperand)) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004001 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4002 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004003 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Sign extension does not pay off: rollback\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004004 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4005 return false;
4006 }
4007 return true;
4008 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004009 }
4010 return false;
4011}
4012
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004013/// If we can, try to add the value of 'Addr' into the current addressing mode.
4014/// If Addr can't be added to AddrMode this returns false and leaves AddrMode
4015/// unmodified. This assumes that Addr is either a pointer type or intptr_t
4016/// for the target.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004017///
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004018bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004019 // Start a transaction at this point that we will rollback if the matching
4020 // fails.
4021 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4022 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004023 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Addr)) {
4024 // Fold in immediates if legal for the target.
4025 AddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue();
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004026 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004027 return true;
4028 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= CI->getSExtValue();
4029 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Addr)) {
4030 // If this is a global variable, try to fold it into the addressing mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004031 if (!AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004032 AddrMode.BaseGV = GV;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004033 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004034 return true;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004035 AddrMode.BaseGV = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004036 }
4037 } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Addr)) {
4038 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4039 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
4040
4041 // Check to see if it is possible to fold this operation.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004042 bool MovedAway = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004043 if (matchOperationAddr(I, I->getOpcode(), Depth, &MovedAway)) {
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004044 // This instruction may have been moved away. If so, there is nothing
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004045 // to check here.
4046 if (MovedAway)
4047 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004048 // Okay, it's possible to fold this. Check to see if it is actually
4049 // *profitable* to do so. We use a simple cost model to avoid increasing
4050 // register pressure too much.
4051 if (I->hasOneUse() ||
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004052 isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(I, BackupAddrMode, AddrMode)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004053 AddrModeInsts.push_back(I);
4054 return true;
4055 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004056
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004057 // It isn't profitable to do this, roll back.
4058 //cerr << "NOT FOLDING: " << *I;
4059 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4060 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004061 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004062 }
4063 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Addr)) {
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004064 if (matchOperationAddr(CE, CE->getOpcode(), Depth))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004065 return true;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004066 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004067 } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Addr)) {
4068 // Null pointer gets folded without affecting the addressing mode.
4069 return true;
4070 }
4071
4072 // Worse case, the target should support [reg] addressing modes. :)
4073 if (!AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
4074 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
4075 AddrMode.BaseReg = Addr;
4076 // Still check for legality in case the target supports [imm] but not [i+r].
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004077 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004078 return true;
4079 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = false;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004080 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004081 }
4082
4083 // If the base register is already taken, see if we can do [r+r].
4084 if (AddrMode.Scale == 0) {
4085 AddrMode.Scale = 1;
4086 AddrMode.ScaledReg = Addr;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004087 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004088 return true;
4089 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004090 AddrMode.ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004091 }
4092 // Couldn't match.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004093 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004094 return false;
4095}
4096
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004097/// Check to see if all uses of OpVal by the specified inline asm call are due
4098/// to memory operands. If so, return true, otherwise return false.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004099static bool IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CallInst *CI, InlineAsm *IA, Value *OpVal,
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004100 const TargetLowering &TLI,
4101 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI) {
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00004102 const Function *F = CI->getFunction();
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00004103 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004104 TLI.ParseConstraints(F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), &TRI,
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00004105 ImmutableCallSite(CI));
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004106
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004107 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4108 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004109
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004110 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004111 TLI.ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004112
4113 // If this asm operand is our Value*, and if it isn't an indirect memory
4114 // operand, we can't fold it!
4115 if (OpInfo.CallOperandVal == OpVal &&
4116 (OpInfo.ConstraintType != TargetLowering::C_Memory ||
4117 !OpInfo.isIndirect))
4118 return false;
4119 }
4120
4121 return true;
4122}
4123
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004124// Max number of memory uses to look at before aborting the search to conserve
4125// compile time.
4126static constexpr int MaxMemoryUsesToScan = 20;
4127
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004128/// Recursively walk all the uses of I until we find a memory use.
4129/// If we find an obviously non-foldable instruction, return true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004130/// Add the ultimately found memory instructions to MemoryUses.
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00004131static bool FindAllMemoryUses(
4132 Instruction *I,
4133 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned>> &MemoryUses,
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004134 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &ConsideredInsts, const TargetLowering &TLI,
4135 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, int SeenInsts = 0) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004136 // If we already considered this instruction, we're done.
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00004137 if (!ConsideredInsts.insert(I).second)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004138 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004139
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004140 // If this is an obviously unfoldable instruction, bail out.
4141 if (!MightBeFoldableInst(I))
4142 return true;
4143
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004144 const bool OptSize = I->getFunction()->optForSize();
4145
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004146 // Loop over all the uses, recursively processing them.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004147 for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004148 // Conservatively return true if we're seeing a large number or a deep chain
4149 // of users. This avoids excessive compilation times in pathological cases.
4150 if (SeenInsts++ >= MaxMemoryUsesToScan)
4151 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004152
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004153 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004154 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(UserI)) {
4155 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(LI, U.getOperandNo()));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004156 continue;
4157 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004158
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004159 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) {
4160 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00004161 if (opNo != StoreInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4162 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004163 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(SI, opNo));
4164 continue;
4165 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004166
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00004167 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(UserI)) {
4168 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
4169 if (opNo != AtomicRMWInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4170 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
4171 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(RMW, opNo));
4172 continue;
4173 }
4174
4175 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(UserI)) {
4176 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
4177 if (opNo != AtomicCmpXchgInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4178 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
4179 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(CmpX, opNo));
4180 continue;
4181 }
4182
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004183 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(UserI)) {
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004184 // If this is a cold call, we can sink the addressing calculation into
4185 // the cold path. See optimizeCallInst
4186 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
4187 continue;
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004188
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004189 InlineAsm *IA = dyn_cast<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue());
4190 if (!IA) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004191
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004192 // If this is a memory operand, we're cool, otherwise bail out.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004193 if (!IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CI, IA, I, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004194 return true;
4195 continue;
4196 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004197
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004198 if (FindAllMemoryUses(UserI, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI,
4199 SeenInsts))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004200 return true;
4201 }
4202
4203 return false;
4204}
4205
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004206/// Return true if Val is already known to be live at the use site that we're
4207/// folding it into. If so, there is no cost to include it in the addressing
4208/// mode. KnownLive1 and KnownLive2 are two values that we know are live at the
4209/// instruction already.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004210bool AddressingModeMatcher::valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val,Value *KnownLive1,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004211 Value *KnownLive2) {
4212 // If Val is either of the known-live values, we know it is live!
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004213 if (Val == nullptr || Val == KnownLive1 || Val == KnownLive2)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004214 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004215
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004216 // All values other than instructions and arguments (e.g. constants) are live.
4217 if (!isa<Instruction>(Val) && !isa<Argument>(Val)) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004218
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004219 // If Val is a constant sized alloca in the entry block, it is live, this is
4220 // true because it is just a reference to the stack/frame pointer, which is
4221 // live for the whole function.
4222 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val))
4223 if (AI->isStaticAlloca())
4224 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004225
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004226 // Check to see if this value is already used in the memory instruction's
4227 // block. If so, it's already live into the block at the very least, so we
4228 // can reasonably fold it.
4229 return Val->isUsedInBasicBlock(MemoryInst->getParent());
4230}
4231
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004232/// It is possible for the addressing mode of the machine to fold the specified
4233/// instruction into a load or store that ultimately uses it.
4234/// However, the specified instruction has multiple uses.
4235/// Given this, it may actually increase register pressure to fold it
4236/// into the load. For example, consider this code:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004237///
4238/// X = ...
4239/// Y = X+1
4240/// use(Y) -> nonload/store
4241/// Z = Y+1
4242/// load Z
4243///
4244/// In this case, Y has multiple uses, and can be folded into the load of Z
4245/// (yielding load [X+2]). However, doing this will cause both "X" and "X+1" to
4246/// be live at the use(Y) line. If we don't fold Y into load Z, we use one
4247/// fewer register. Since Y can't be folded into "use(Y)" we don't increase the
4248/// number of computations either.
4249///
4250/// Note that this (like most of CodeGenPrepare) is just a rough heuristic. If
4251/// X was live across 'load Z' for other reasons, we actually *would* want to
4252/// fold the addressing mode in the Z case. This would make Y die earlier.
4253bool AddressingModeMatcher::
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004254isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I, ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004255 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter) {
4256 if (IgnoreProfitability) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004257
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004258 // AMBefore is the addressing mode before this instruction was folded into it,
4259 // and AMAfter is the addressing mode after the instruction was folded. Get
4260 // the set of registers referenced by AMAfter and subtract out those
4261 // referenced by AMBefore: this is the set of values which folding in this
4262 // address extends the lifetime of.
4263 //
4264 // Note that there are only two potential values being referenced here,
4265 // BaseReg and ScaleReg (global addresses are always available, as are any
4266 // folded immediates).
4267 Value *BaseReg = AMAfter.BaseReg, *ScaledReg = AMAfter.ScaledReg;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004268
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004269 // If the BaseReg or ScaledReg was referenced by the previous addrmode, their
4270 // lifetime wasn't extended by adding this instruction.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004271 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(BaseReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004272 BaseReg = nullptr;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004273 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(ScaledReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004274 ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004275
4276 // If folding this instruction (and it's subexprs) didn't extend any live
4277 // ranges, we're ok with it.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004278 if (!BaseReg && !ScaledReg)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004279 return true;
4280
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004281 // If all uses of this instruction can have the address mode sunk into them,
4282 // we can remove the addressing mode and effectively trade one live register
4283 // for another (at worst.) In this context, folding an addressing mode into
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004284 // the use is just a particularly nice way of sinking it.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004285 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction*,unsigned>, 16> MemoryUses;
4286 SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 16> ConsideredInsts;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004287 if (FindAllMemoryUses(I, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004288 return false; // Has a non-memory, non-foldable use!
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004289
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004290 // Now that we know that all uses of this instruction are part of a chain of
4291 // computation involving only operations that could theoretically be folded
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004292 // into a memory use, loop over each of these memory operation uses and see
4293 // if they could *actually* fold the instruction. The assumption is that
4294 // addressing modes are cheap and that duplicating the computation involved
4295 // many times is worthwhile, even on a fastpath. For sinking candidates
4296 // (i.e. cold call sites), this serves as a way to prevent excessive code
4297 // growth since most architectures have some reasonable small and fast way to
4298 // compute an effective address. (i.e LEA on x86)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004299 SmallVector<Instruction*, 32> MatchedAddrModeInsts;
4300 for (unsigned i = 0, e = MemoryUses.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4301 Instruction *User = MemoryUses[i].first;
4302 unsigned OpNo = MemoryUses[i].second;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004303
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004304 // Get the access type of this use. If the use isn't a pointer, we don't
4305 // know what it accesses.
4306 Value *Address = User->getOperand(OpNo);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004307 PointerType *AddrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Address->getType());
4308 if (!AddrTy)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004309 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004310 Type *AddressAccessTy = AddrTy->getElementType();
4311 unsigned AS = AddrTy->getAddressSpace();
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004312
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004313 // Do a match against the root of this address, ignoring profitability. This
4314 // will tell us if the addressing mode for the memory operation will
4315 // *actually* cover the shared instruction.
4316 ExtAddrMode Result;
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004317 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> LargeOffsetGEP(nullptr,
4318 0);
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004319 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4320 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004321 AddressingModeMatcher Matcher(
4322 MatchedAddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI, AddressAccessTy, AS, MemoryInst, Result,
4323 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004324 Matcher.IgnoreProfitability = true;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004325 bool Success = Matcher.matchAddr(Address, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004326 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
4327
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004328 // The match was to check the profitability, the changes made are not
4329 // part of the original matcher. Therefore, they should be dropped
4330 // otherwise the original matcher will not present the right state.
4331 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4332
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004333 // If the match didn't cover I, then it won't be shared by it.
David Majnemer0d955d02016-08-11 22:21:41 +00004334 if (!is_contained(MatchedAddrModeInsts, I))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004335 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004336
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004337 MatchedAddrModeInsts.clear();
4338 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004339
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004340 return true;
4341}
4342
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004343/// Return true if the specified values are defined in a
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004344/// different basic block than BB.
4345static bool IsNonLocalValue(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) {
4346 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4347 return I->getParent() != BB;
4348 return false;
4349}
4350
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004351/// Sink addressing mode computation immediate before MemoryInst if doing so
4352/// can be done without increasing register pressure. The need for the
4353/// register pressure constraint means this can end up being an all or nothing
4354/// decision for all uses of the same addressing computation.
4355///
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004356/// Load and Store Instructions often have addressing modes that can do
4357/// significant amounts of computation. As such, instruction selection will try
4358/// to get the load or store to do as much computation as possible for the
4359/// program. The problem is that isel can only see within a single block. As
4360/// such, we sink as much legal addressing mode work into the block as possible.
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00004361///
4362/// This method is used to optimize both load/store and inline asms with memory
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004363/// operands. It's also used to sink addressing computations feeding into cold
4364/// call sites into their (cold) basic block.
4365///
4366/// The motivation for handling sinking into cold blocks is that doing so can
4367/// both enable other address mode sinking (by satisfying the register pressure
4368/// constraint above), and reduce register pressure globally (by removing the
4369/// addressing mode computation from the fast path entirely.).
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004370bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004371 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace) {
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004372 Value *Repl = Addr;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004373
4374 // Try to collapse single-value PHI nodes. This is necessary to undo
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004375 // unprofitable PRE transformations.
Cameron Zwarich43cecb12011-01-03 06:33:01 +00004376 SmallVector<Value*, 8> worklist;
4377 SmallPtrSet<Value*, 16> Visited;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004378 worklist.push_back(Addr);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004379
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004380 // Use a worklist to iteratively look through PHI and select nodes, and
4381 // ensure that the addressing mode obtained from the non-PHI/select roots of
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004382 // the graph are compatible.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004383 bool PhiOrSelectSeen = false;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004384 SmallVector<Instruction*, 16> AddrModeInsts;
Serguei Katkovaee63752017-11-05 07:59:02 +00004385 const SimplifyQuery SQ(*DL, TLInfo);
4386 AddressingModeCombiner AddrModes(SQ, { Addr, MemoryInst->getParent() });
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004387 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004388 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4389 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004390 while (!worklist.empty()) {
4391 Value *V = worklist.back();
4392 worklist.pop_back();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004393
Serguei Katkov4ea855e2017-07-19 04:49:17 +00004394 // We allow traversing cyclic Phi nodes.
4395 // In case of success after this loop we ensure that traversing through
4396 // Phi nodes ends up with all cases to compute address of the form
4397 // BaseGV + Base + Scale * Index + Offset
4398 // where Scale and Offset are constans and BaseGV, Base and Index
4399 // are exactly the same Values in all cases.
4400 // It means that BaseGV, Scale and Offset dominate our memory instruction
4401 // and have the same value as they had in address computation represented
4402 // as Phi. So we can safely sink address computation to memory instruction.
4403 if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
4404 continue;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004405
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004406 // For a PHI node, push all of its incoming values.
4407 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00004408 for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values())
4409 worklist.push_back(IncValue);
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004410 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
4411 continue;
4412 }
4413 // Similar for select.
4414 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
4415 worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue());
4416 worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue());
4417 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004418 continue;
4419 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004420
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004421 // For non-PHIs, determine the addressing mode being computed. Note that
4422 // the result may differ depending on what other uses our candidate
4423 // addressing instructions might have.
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004424 AddrModeInsts.clear();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004425 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> LargeOffsetGEP(nullptr,
4426 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004427 ExtAddrMode NewAddrMode = AddressingModeMatcher::Match(
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004428 V, AccessTy, AddrSpace, MemoryInst, AddrModeInsts, *TLI, *TRI,
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004429 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP);
Cameron Zwarich13c885d2011-03-05 08:12:26 +00004430
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004431 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = LargeOffsetGEP.first;
4432 if (GEP && GEP->getParent() != MemoryInst->getParent() &&
4433 !NewGEPBases.count(GEP)) {
4434 // If splitting the underlying data structure can reduce the offset of a
4435 // GEP, collect the GEP. Skip the GEPs that are the new bases of
4436 // previously split data structures.
4437 LargeOffsetGEPMap[GEP->getPointerOperand()].push_back(LargeOffsetGEP);
4438 if (LargeOffsetGEPID.find(GEP) == LargeOffsetGEPID.end())
4439 LargeOffsetGEPID[GEP] = LargeOffsetGEPID.size();
4440 }
4441
4442 NewAddrMode.OriginalValue = V;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004443 if (!AddrModes.addNewAddrMode(NewAddrMode))
4444 break;
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004445 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004446
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004447 // Try to combine the AddrModes we've collected. If we couldn't collect any,
4448 // or we have multiple but either couldn't combine them or combining them
4449 // wouldn't do anything useful, bail out now.
4450 if (!AddrModes.combineAddrModes()) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004451 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4452 return false;
4453 }
4454 TPT.commit();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004455
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004456 // Get the combined AddrMode (or the only AddrMode, if we only had one).
4457 ExtAddrMode AddrMode = AddrModes.getAddrMode();
4458
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004459 // If all the instructions matched are already in this BB, don't do anything.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004460 // If we saw a Phi node then it is not local definitely, and if we saw a select
4461 // then we want to push the address calculation past it even if it's already
4462 // in this BB.
4463 if (!PhiOrSelectSeen && none_of(AddrModeInsts, [&](Value *V) {
Justin Lebar838c7f52016-11-21 22:49:11 +00004464 return IsNonLocalValue(V, MemoryInst->getParent());
Serguei Katkov0b7b59a2017-07-11 06:24:44 +00004465 })) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004466 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Found local addrmode: " << AddrMode
4467 << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004468 return false;
4469 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004470
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004471 // Insert this computation right after this user. Since our caller is
4472 // scanning from the top of the BB to the bottom, reuse of the expr are
4473 // guaranteed to happen later.
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004474 IRBuilder<> Builder(MemoryInst);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004475
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004476 // Now that we determined the addressing expression we want to use and know
4477 // that we have to sink it into this block. Check to see if we have already
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004478 // done this for some other load/store instr in this block. If so, reuse
4479 // the computation. Before attempting reuse, check if the address is valid
4480 // as it may have been erased.
4481
4482 WeakTrackingVH SunkAddrVH = SunkAddrs[Addr];
4483
4484 Value * SunkAddr = SunkAddrVH.pointsToAliveValue() ? SunkAddrVH : nullptr;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004485 if (SunkAddr) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004486 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Reusing nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4487 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004488 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004489 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Eric Christopherfccff372015-01-27 01:01:38 +00004490 } else if (AddrSinkUsingGEPs ||
David Blaikie8ad9a972018-03-28 22:28:50 +00004491 (!AddrSinkUsingGEPs.getNumOccurrences() && TM && TTI->useAA())) {
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004492 // By default, we use the GEP-based method when AA is used later. This
4493 // prevents new inttoptr/ptrtoint pairs from degrading AA capabilities.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004494 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4495 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004496 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004497 Value *ResultPtr = nullptr, *ResultIndex = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004498
4499 // First, find the pointer.
4500 if (AddrMode.BaseReg && AddrMode.BaseReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4501 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004502 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004503 }
4504
4505 if (AddrMode.Scale && AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4506 // We can't add more than one pointer together, nor can we scale a
4507 // pointer (both of which seem meaningless).
4508 if (ResultPtr || AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4509 return false;
4510
4511 ResultPtr = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4512 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4513 }
4514
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004515 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4516 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4517 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4518 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4519 // do not match instead of extending it.
4520 //
4521 // (See below for code to add the scale.)
4522 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4523 Type *ScaledRegTy = AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType();
4524 if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() >
4525 cast<IntegerType>(ScaledRegTy)->getBitWidth())
4526 return false;
4527 }
4528
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004529 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
4530 if (ResultPtr)
4531 return false;
4532
4533 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseGV;
4534 }
4535
4536 // If the real base value actually came from an inttoptr, then the matcher
4537 // will look through it and provide only the integer value. In that case,
4538 // use it here.
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004539 if (!DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType())) {
4540 if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4541 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.BaseReg, Addr->getType(),
4542 "sunkaddr");
4543 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
4544 } else if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.Scale == 1) {
4545 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.ScaledReg, Addr->getType(),
4546 "sunkaddr");
4547 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4548 }
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004549 }
4550
4551 if (!ResultPtr &&
4552 !AddrMode.BaseReg && !AddrMode.Scale && !AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4553 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
4554 } else if (!ResultPtr) {
4555 return false;
4556 } else {
4557 Type *I8PtrTy =
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004558 Builder.getInt8PtrTy(Addr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
4559 Type *I8Ty = Builder.getInt8Ty();
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004560
4561 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4562 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4563 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4564 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4565 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4566 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4567 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
4568 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
4569 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
4570
4571 ResultIndex = V;
4572 }
4573
4574 // Add the scale value.
4575 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4576 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4577 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4578 // done.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004579 } else {
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004580 assert(cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4581 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth() &&
4582 "We can't transform if ScaledReg is too narrow");
4583 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004584 }
4585
4586 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4587 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4588 "sunkaddr");
4589 if (ResultIndex)
4590 ResultIndex = Builder.CreateAdd(ResultIndex, V, "sunkaddr");
4591 else
4592 ResultIndex = V;
4593 }
4594
4595 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4596 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4597 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
4598 if (ResultIndex) {
NAKAMURA Takumif51a34e2014-10-29 15:23:11 +00004599 // We need to add this separately from the scale above to help with
4600 // SDAG consecutive load/store merging.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004601 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004602 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004603 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004604 }
4605
4606 ResultIndex = V;
4607 }
4608
4609 if (!ResultIndex) {
4610 SunkAddr = ResultPtr;
4611 } else {
4612 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004613 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004614 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004615 }
4616
4617 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004618 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004619 }
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004620 } else {
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004621 // We'd require a ptrtoint/inttoptr down the line, which we can't do for
4622 // non-integral pointers, so in that case bail out now.
4623 Type *BaseTy = AddrMode.BaseReg ? AddrMode.BaseReg->getType() : nullptr;
4624 Type *ScaleTy = AddrMode.Scale ? AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType() : nullptr;
4625 PointerType *BasePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(BaseTy);
4626 PointerType *ScalePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(ScaleTy);
4627 if (DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType()) ||
4628 (BasePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(BasePtrTy)) ||
4629 (ScalePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(ScalePtrTy)) ||
4630 (AddrMode.BaseGV &&
4631 DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(AddrMode.BaseGV->getType())))
4632 return false;
4633
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004634 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4635 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004636 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004637 Value *Result = nullptr;
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004638
4639 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4640 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4641 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4642 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4643 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4644 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4645 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004646 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004647 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004648 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004649 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004650 Result = V;
4651 }
4652
4653 // Add the scale value.
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004654 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4655 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4656 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4657 // done.
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004658 } else if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004659 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004660 } else if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4661 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004662 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004663 } else {
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004664 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4665 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4666 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4667 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4668 // do not match instead of extending it.
Joey Gouly12a8bf02014-05-13 15:42:45 +00004669 Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Result);
Jim Grosbach83b44e12014-04-10 00:27:45 +00004670 if (I && (Result != AddrMode.BaseReg))
4671 I->eraseFromParent();
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004672 return false;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004673 }
4674 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004675 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4676 "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004677 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004678 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004679 else
4680 Result = V;
4681 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004682
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004683 // Add in the BaseGV if present.
4684 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004685 Value *V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(AddrMode.BaseGV, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004686 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004687 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004688 else
4689 Result = V;
4690 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004691
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004692 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4693 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
Owen Andersonedb4a702009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004694 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004695 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004696 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004697 else
4698 Result = V;
4699 }
4700
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004701 if (!Result)
Owen Anderson5a1acd92009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004702 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004703 else
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004704 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, Addr->getType(), "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004705 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004706
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004707 MemoryInst->replaceUsesOfWith(Repl, SunkAddr);
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004708 // Store the newly computed address into the cache. In the case we reused a
4709 // value, this should be idempotent.
4710 SunkAddrs[Addr] = WeakTrackingVH(SunkAddr);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004711
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004712 // If we have no uses, recursively delete the value and all dead instructions
4713 // using it.
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004714 if (Repl->use_empty()) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004715 // This can cause recursive deletion, which can invalidate our iterator.
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004716 // Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case this happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004717 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004718 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004719 BasicBlock *BB = CurInstIterator->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004720
Benjamin Kramer8bcc9712012-08-29 15:32:21 +00004721 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Repl, TLInfo);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004722
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004723 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004724 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
4725 // start of the block.
4726 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
4727 SunkAddrs.clear();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004728 }
Dale Johannesenb67a6e662010-03-31 20:37:15 +00004729 }
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00004730 ++NumMemoryInsts;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004731 return true;
4732}
4733
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004734/// If there are any memory operands, use OptimizeMemoryInst to sink their
4735/// address computing into the block when possible / profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004736bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS) {
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004737 bool MadeChange = false;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004738
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00004739 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI =
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00004740 TM->getSubtargetImpl(*CS->getFunction())->getRegisterInfo();
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00004741 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
4742 TLI->ParseConstraints(*DL, TRI, CS);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00004743 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
John Thompson1094c802010-09-13 18:15:37 +00004744 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4745 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004746
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004747 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Dale Johannesence97d552010-06-25 21:55:36 +00004748 TLI->ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004749
Eli Friedman666bbe32008-02-26 18:37:49 +00004750 if (OpInfo.ConstraintType == TargetLowering::C_Memory &&
4751 OpInfo.isIndirect) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00004752 Value *OpVal = CS->getArgOperand(ArgNo++);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004753 MadeChange |= optimizeMemoryInst(CS, OpVal, OpVal->getType(), ~0u);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00004754 } else if (OpInfo.Type == InlineAsm::isInput)
4755 ArgNo++;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004756 }
4757
4758 return MadeChange;
4759}
4760
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004761/// Check if all the uses of \p Val are equivalent (or free) zero or
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004762/// sign extensions.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004763static bool hasSameExtUse(Value *Val, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
4764 assert(!Val->use_empty() && "Input must have at least one use");
4765 const Instruction *FirstUser = cast<Instruction>(*Val->user_begin());
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004766 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(FirstUser);
4767 Type *ExtTy = FirstUser->getType();
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004768 for (const User *U : Val->users()) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004769 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
4770 if ((IsSExt && !isa<SExtInst>(UI)) || (!IsSExt && !isa<ZExtInst>(UI)))
4771 return false;
4772 Type *CurTy = UI->getType();
4773 // Same input and output types: Same instruction after CSE.
4774 if (CurTy == ExtTy)
4775 continue;
4776
4777 // If IsSExt is true, we are in this situation:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004778 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004779 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
4780 // c = sext ty1 a to ty3
4781 // Assuming ty2 is shorter than ty3, this could be turned into:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004782 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004783 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
4784 // c = sext ty2 b to ty3
4785 // However, the last sext is not free.
4786 if (IsSExt)
4787 return false;
4788
4789 // This is a ZExt, maybe this is free to extend from one type to another.
4790 // In that case, we would not account for a different use.
4791 Type *NarrowTy;
4792 Type *LargeTy;
4793 if (ExtTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
4794 CurTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth()) {
4795 NarrowTy = CurTy;
4796 LargeTy = ExtTy;
4797 } else {
4798 NarrowTy = ExtTy;
4799 LargeTy = CurTy;
4800 }
4801
4802 if (!TLI.isZExtFree(NarrowTy, LargeTy))
4803 return false;
4804 }
4805 // All uses are the same or can be derived from one another for free.
4806 return true;
4807}
4808
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004809/// Try to speculatively promote extensions in \p Exts and continue
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004810/// promoting through newly promoted operands recursively as far as doing so is
4811/// profitable. Save extensions profitably moved up, in \p ProfitablyMovedExts.
4812/// When some promotion happened, \p TPT contains the proper state to revert
4813/// them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004814///
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004815/// \return true if some promotion happened, false otherwise.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004816bool CodeGenPrepare::tryToPromoteExts(
4817 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT, const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
4818 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
4819 unsigned CreatedInstsCost) {
4820 bool Promoted = false;
4821
4822 // Iterate over all the extensions to try to promote them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004823 for (auto I : Exts) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004824 // Early check if we directly have ext(load).
4825 if (isa<LoadInst>(I->getOperand(0))) {
4826 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
4827 continue;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004828 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004829
4830 // Check whether or not we want to do any promotion. The reason we have
4831 // this check inside the for loop is to catch the case where an extension
4832 // is directly fed by a load because in such case the extension can be moved
4833 // up without any promotion on its operands.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004834 if (!TLI || !TLI->enableExtLdPromotion() || DisableExtLdPromotion)
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004835 return false;
4836
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004837 // Get the action to perform the promotion.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004838 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
4839 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(I, InsertedInsts, *TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004840 // Check if we can promote.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004841 if (!TPH) {
4842 // Save the current extension as we cannot move up through its operand.
4843 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004844 continue;
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004845 }
4846
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004847 // Save the current state.
4848 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4849 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
4850 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> NewExts;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004851 unsigned NewCreatedInstsCost = 0;
4852 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI->isExtFree(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004853 // Promote.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004854 Value *PromotedVal = TPH(I, TPT, PromotedInsts, NewCreatedInstsCost,
4855 &NewExts, nullptr, *TLI);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004856 assert(PromotedVal &&
4857 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
4858
4859 // We would be able to merge only one extension in a load.
4860 // Therefore, if we have more than 1 new extension we heuristically
4861 // cut this search path, because it means we degrade the code quality.
4862 // With exactly 2, the transformation is neutral, because we will merge
4863 // one extension but leave one. However, we optimistically keep going,
4864 // because the new extension may be removed too.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004865 long long TotalCreatedInstsCost = CreatedInstsCost + NewCreatedInstsCost;
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00004866 // FIXME: It would be possible to propagate a negative value instead of
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004867 // conservatively ceiling it to 0.
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00004868 TotalCreatedInstsCost =
4869 std::max((long long)0, (TotalCreatedInstsCost - ExtCost));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004870 if (!StressExtLdPromotion &&
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004871 (TotalCreatedInstsCost > 1 ||
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004872 !isPromotedInstructionLegal(*TLI, *DL, PromotedVal))) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004873 // This promotion is not profitable, rollback to the previous state, and
4874 // save the current extension in ProfitablyMovedExts as the latest
4875 // speculative promotion turned out to be unprofitable.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004876 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004877 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
4878 continue;
4879 }
4880 // Continue promoting NewExts as far as doing so is profitable.
4881 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> NewlyMovedExts;
4882 (void)tryToPromoteExts(TPT, NewExts, NewlyMovedExts, TotalCreatedInstsCost);
4883 bool NewPromoted = false;
4884 for (auto ExtInst : NewlyMovedExts) {
4885 Instruction *MovedExt = cast<Instruction>(ExtInst);
4886 Value *ExtOperand = MovedExt->getOperand(0);
4887 // If we have reached to a load, we need this extra profitability check
4888 // as it could potentially be merged into an ext(load).
4889 if (isa<LoadInst>(ExtOperand) &&
4890 !(StressExtLdPromotion || NewCreatedInstsCost <= ExtCost ||
4891 (ExtOperand->hasOneUse() || hasSameExtUse(ExtOperand, *TLI))))
4892 continue;
4893
4894 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(MovedExt);
4895 NewPromoted = true;
4896 }
4897
4898 // If none of speculative promotions for NewExts is profitable, rollback
4899 // and save the current extension (I) as the last profitable extension.
4900 if (!NewPromoted) {
4901 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4902 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004903 continue;
4904 }
4905 // The promotion is profitable.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004906 Promoted = true;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004907 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004908 return Promoted;
4909}
4910
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004911/// Merging redundant sexts when one is dominating the other.
4912bool CodeGenPrepare::mergeSExts(Function &F) {
4913 DominatorTree DT(F);
4914 bool Changed = false;
4915 for (auto &Entry : ValToSExtendedUses) {
4916 SExts &Insts = Entry.second;
4917 SExts CurPts;
4918 for (Instruction *Inst : Insts) {
4919 if (RemovedInsts.count(Inst) || !isa<SExtInst>(Inst) ||
4920 Inst->getOperand(0) != Entry.first)
4921 continue;
4922 bool inserted = false;
4923 for (auto &Pt : CurPts) {
4924 if (DT.dominates(Inst, Pt)) {
4925 Pt->replaceAllUsesWith(Inst);
4926 RemovedInsts.insert(Pt);
4927 Pt->removeFromParent();
4928 Pt = Inst;
4929 inserted = true;
4930 Changed = true;
4931 break;
4932 }
4933 if (!DT.dominates(Pt, Inst))
4934 // Give up if we need to merge in a common dominator as the
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00004935 // experiments show it is not profitable.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004936 continue;
4937 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(Pt);
4938 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
4939 Inst->removeFromParent();
4940 inserted = true;
4941 Changed = true;
4942 break;
4943 }
4944 if (!inserted)
4945 CurPts.push_back(Inst);
4946 }
4947 }
4948 return Changed;
4949}
4950
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004951// Spliting large data structures so that the GEPs accessing them can have
4952// smaller offsets so that they can be sunk to the same blocks as their users.
4953// For example, a large struct starting from %base is splitted into two parts
4954// where the second part starts from %new_base.
4955//
4956// Before:
4957// BB0:
4958// %base =
4959//
4960// BB1:
4961// %gep0 = gep %base, off0
4962// %gep1 = gep %base, off1
4963// %gep2 = gep %base, off2
4964//
4965// BB2:
4966// %load1 = load %gep0
4967// %load2 = load %gep1
4968// %load3 = load %gep2
4969//
4970// After:
4971// BB0:
4972// %base =
4973// %new_base = gep %base, off0
4974//
4975// BB1:
4976// %new_gep0 = %new_base
4977// %new_gep1 = gep %new_base, off1 - off0
4978// %new_gep2 = gep %new_base, off2 - off0
4979//
4980// BB2:
4981// %load1 = load i32, i32* %new_gep0
4982// %load2 = load i32, i32* %new_gep1
4983// %load3 = load i32, i32* %new_gep2
4984//
4985// %new_gep1 and %new_gep2 can be sunk to BB2 now after the splitting because
4986// their offsets are smaller enough to fit into the addressing mode.
4987bool CodeGenPrepare::splitLargeGEPOffsets() {
4988 bool Changed = false;
4989 for (auto &Entry : LargeOffsetGEPMap) {
4990 Value *OldBase = Entry.first;
4991 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t>>
4992 &LargeOffsetGEPs = Entry.second;
4993 auto compareGEPOffset =
4994 [&](const std::pair<GetElementPtrInst *, int64_t> &LHS,
4995 const std::pair<GetElementPtrInst *, int64_t> &RHS) {
4996 if (LHS.first == RHS.first)
4997 return false;
4998 if (LHS.second != RHS.second)
4999 return LHS.second < RHS.second;
5000 return LargeOffsetGEPID[LHS.first] < LargeOffsetGEPID[RHS.first];
5001 };
5002 // Sorting all the GEPs of the same data structures based on the offsets.
Fangrui Song0cac7262018-09-27 02:13:45 +00005003 llvm::sort(LargeOffsetGEPs, compareGEPOffset);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005004 LargeOffsetGEPs.erase(
5005 std::unique(LargeOffsetGEPs.begin(), LargeOffsetGEPs.end()),
5006 LargeOffsetGEPs.end());
5007 // Skip if all the GEPs have the same offsets.
5008 if (LargeOffsetGEPs.front().second == LargeOffsetGEPs.back().second)
5009 continue;
5010 GetElementPtrInst *BaseGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin()->first;
5011 int64_t BaseOffset = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin()->second;
5012 Value *NewBaseGEP = nullptr;
5013
5014 auto LargeOffsetGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin();
5015 while (LargeOffsetGEP != LargeOffsetGEPs.end()) {
5016 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = LargeOffsetGEP->first;
5017 int64_t Offset = LargeOffsetGEP->second;
5018 if (Offset != BaseOffset) {
5019 TargetLowering::AddrMode AddrMode;
5020 AddrMode.BaseOffs = Offset - BaseOffset;
5021 // The result type of the GEP might not be the type of the memory
5022 // access.
5023 if (!TLI->isLegalAddressingMode(*DL, AddrMode,
5024 GEP->getResultElementType(),
5025 GEP->getAddressSpace())) {
5026 // We need to create a new base if the offset to the current base is
5027 // too large to fit into the addressing mode. So, a very large struct
5028 // may be splitted into several parts.
5029 BaseGEP = GEP;
5030 BaseOffset = Offset;
5031 NewBaseGEP = nullptr;
5032 }
5033 }
5034
5035 // Generate a new GEP to replace the current one.
5036 IRBuilder<> Builder(GEP);
5037 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
5038 Type *I8PtrTy =
5039 Builder.getInt8PtrTy(GEP->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
5040 Type *I8Ty = Builder.getInt8Ty();
5041
5042 if (!NewBaseGEP) {
5043 // Create a new base if we don't have one yet. Find the insertion
5044 // pointer for the new base first.
5045 BasicBlock::iterator NewBaseInsertPt;
5046 BasicBlock *NewBaseInsertBB;
5047 if (auto *BaseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldBase)) {
5048 // If the base of the struct is an instruction, the new base will be
5049 // inserted close to it.
5050 NewBaseInsertBB = BaseI->getParent();
5051 if (isa<PHINode>(BaseI))
5052 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5053 else if (InvokeInst *Invoke = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(BaseI)) {
5054 NewBaseInsertBB =
5055 SplitEdge(NewBaseInsertBB, Invoke->getNormalDest());
5056 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5057 } else
5058 NewBaseInsertPt = std::next(BaseI->getIterator());
5059 } else {
5060 // If the current base is an argument or global value, the new base
5061 // will be inserted to the entry block.
5062 NewBaseInsertBB = &BaseGEP->getFunction()->getEntryBlock();
5063 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5064 }
5065 IRBuilder<> NewBaseBuilder(NewBaseInsertBB, NewBaseInsertPt);
5066 // Create a new base.
5067 Value *BaseIndex = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffset);
5068 NewBaseGEP = OldBase;
5069 if (NewBaseGEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5070 NewBaseGEP = NewBaseBuilder.CreatePointerCast(NewBaseGEP, I8PtrTy);
5071 NewBaseGEP =
5072 NewBaseBuilder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, NewBaseGEP, BaseIndex, "splitgep");
5073 NewGEPBases.insert(NewBaseGEP);
5074 }
5075
5076 Value *NewGEP = NewBaseGEP;
5077 if (Offset == BaseOffset) {
5078 if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5079 NewGEP = Builder.CreatePointerCast(NewGEP, GEP->getType());
5080 } else {
5081 // Calculate the new offset for the new GEP.
5082 Value *Index = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Offset - BaseOffset);
5083 NewGEP = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, NewBaseGEP, Index);
5084
5085 if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5086 NewGEP = Builder.CreatePointerCast(NewGEP, GEP->getType());
5087 }
5088 GEP->replaceAllUsesWith(NewGEP);
5089 LargeOffsetGEPID.erase(GEP);
5090 LargeOffsetGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.erase(LargeOffsetGEP);
5091 GEP->eraseFromParent();
5092 Changed = true;
5093 }
5094 }
5095 return Changed;
5096}
5097
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005098/// Return true, if an ext(load) can be formed from an extension in
5099/// \p MovedExts.
5100bool CodeGenPrepare::canFormExtLd(
5101 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts, LoadInst *&LI,
5102 Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted) {
5103 for (auto *MovedExtInst : MovedExts) {
5104 if (isa<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0))) {
5105 LI = cast<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0));
5106 Inst = MovedExtInst;
5107 break;
5108 }
5109 }
5110 if (!LI)
5111 return false;
5112
5113 // If they're already in the same block, there's nothing to do.
5114 // Make the cheap checks first if we did not promote.
5115 // If we promoted, we need to check if it is indeed profitable.
5116 if (!HasPromoted && LI->getParent() == Inst->getParent())
5117 return false;
5118
Haicheng Wuabdef9e2017-07-15 02:12:16 +00005119 return TLI->isExtLoad(LI, Inst, *DL);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005120}
5121
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005122/// Move a zext or sext fed by a load into the same basic block as the load,
5123/// unless conditions are unfavorable. This allows SelectionDAG to fold the
5124/// extend into the load.
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005125///
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005126/// E.g.,
5127/// \code
5128/// %ld = load i32* %addr
5129/// %add = add nuw i32 %ld, 4
5130/// %zext = zext i32 %add to i64
5131// \endcode
5132/// =>
5133/// \code
5134/// %ld = load i32* %addr
5135/// %zext = zext i32 %ld to i64
5136/// %add = add nuw i64 %zext, 4
5137/// \encode
5138/// Note that the promotion in %add to i64 is done in tryToPromoteExts(), which
5139/// allow us to match zext(load i32*) to i64.
5140///
5141/// Also, try to promote the computations used to obtain a sign extended
5142/// value used into memory accesses.
5143/// E.g.,
5144/// \code
5145/// a = add nsw i32 b, 3
5146/// d = sext i32 a to i64
5147/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 d
5148/// \endcode
5149/// =>
5150/// \code
5151/// f = sext i32 b to i64
5152/// a = add nsw i64 f, 3
5153/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 a
5154/// \endcode
5155///
5156/// \p Inst[in/out] the extension may be modified during the process if some
5157/// promotions apply.
5158bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExt(Instruction *&Inst) {
5159 // ExtLoad formation and address type promotion infrastructure requires TLI to
5160 // be effective.
Chandler Carruth0f139b42016-11-04 06:54:00 +00005161 if (!TLI)
5162 return false;
5163
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005164 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader = false;
5165 /// See if it is an interesting sext operations for the address type
5166 /// promotion before trying to promote it, e.g., the ones with the right
5167 /// type and used in memory accesses.
5168 bool ATPConsiderable = TTI->shouldConsiderAddressTypePromotion(
5169 *Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader);
5170 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005171 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005172 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005173 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005174 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> SpeculativelyMovedExts;
5175 Exts.push_back(Inst);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005176
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005177 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005178
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005179 // Look for a load being extended.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005180 LoadInst *LI = nullptr;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005181 Instruction *ExtFedByLoad;
5182
5183 // Try to promote a chain of computation if it allows to form an extended
5184 // load.
5185 if (canFormExtLd(SpeculativelyMovedExts, LI, ExtFedByLoad, HasPromoted)) {
5186 assert(LI && ExtFedByLoad && "Expect a valid load and extension");
5187 TPT.commit();
5188 // Move the extend into the same block as the load
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00005189 ExtFedByLoad->moveAfter(LI);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005190 // CGP does not check if the zext would be speculatively executed when moved
5191 // to the same basic block as the load. Preserving its original location
5192 // would pessimize the debugging experience, as well as negatively impact
5193 // the quality of sample pgo. We don't want to use "line 0" as that has a
5194 // size cost in the line-table section and logically the zext can be seen as
5195 // part of the load. Therefore we conservatively reuse the same debug
5196 // location for the load and the zext.
5197 ExtFedByLoad->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc());
5198 ++NumExtsMoved;
5199 Inst = ExtFedByLoad;
5200 return true;
5201 }
5202
5203 // Continue promoting SExts if known as considerable depending on targets.
5204 if (ATPConsiderable &&
5205 performAddressTypePromotion(Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
5206 HasPromoted, TPT, SpeculativelyMovedExts))
5207 return true;
5208
5209 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
5210 return false;
5211}
5212
5213// Perform address type promotion if doing so is profitable.
5214// If AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == false, we should find other sext
5215// instructions that sign extended the same initial value. However, if
5216// AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == true, we expect promoting the
5217// extension is just profitable.
5218bool CodeGenPrepare::performAddressTypePromotion(
5219 Instruction *&Inst, bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
5220 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
5221 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5222 bool Promoted = false;
5223 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 1> UnhandledExts;
5224 bool AllSeenFirst = true;
5225 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5226 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5227 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *>::iterator AlreadySeen =
5228 SeenChainsForSExt.find(HeadOfChain);
5229 // If there is an unhandled SExt which has the same header, try to promote
5230 // it as well.
5231 if (AlreadySeen != SeenChainsForSExt.end()) {
5232 if (AlreadySeen->second != nullptr)
5233 UnhandledExts.insert(AlreadySeen->second);
5234 AllSeenFirst = false;
5235 }
5236 }
5237
5238 if (!AllSeenFirst || (AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader &&
5239 SpeculativelyMovedExts.size() == 1)) {
5240 TPT.commit();
5241 if (HasPromoted)
5242 Promoted = true;
5243 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5244 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5245 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
5246 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
5247 }
5248 // Update Inst as promotion happen.
5249 Inst = SpeculativelyMovedExts.pop_back_val();
5250 } else {
5251 // This is the first chain visited from the header, keep the current chain
5252 // as unhandled. Defer to promote this until we encounter another SExt
5253 // chain derived from the same header.
5254 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5255 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5256 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = Inst;
5257 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005258 return false;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005259 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005260
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005261 if (!AllSeenFirst && !UnhandledExts.empty())
5262 for (auto VisitedSExt : UnhandledExts) {
5263 if (RemovedInsts.count(VisitedSExt))
5264 continue;
5265 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
5266 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
5267 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Chains;
5268 Exts.push_back(VisitedSExt);
5269 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, Chains);
5270 TPT.commit();
5271 if (HasPromoted)
5272 Promoted = true;
5273 for (auto I : Chains) {
5274 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5275 // Mark this as handled.
5276 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
5277 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
5278 }
5279 }
5280 return Promoted;
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005281}
5282
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005283bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I) {
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005284 BasicBlock *DefBB = I->getParent();
5285
Bob Wilsonff714f92010-09-21 21:44:14 +00005286 // If the result of a {s|z}ext and its source are both live out, rewrite all
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005287 // other uses of the source with result of extension.
5288 Value *Src = I->getOperand(0);
5289 if (Src->hasOneUse())
5290 return false;
5291
Evan Cheng2011df42007-12-13 07:50:36 +00005292 // Only do this xform if truncating is free.
Gabor Greifaa261722008-02-26 19:13:21 +00005293 if (TLI && !TLI->isTruncateFree(I->getType(), Src->getType()))
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00005294 return false;
5295
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00005296 // Only safe to perform the optimization if the source is also defined in
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00005297 // this block.
5298 if (!isa<Instruction>(Src) || DefBB != cast<Instruction>(Src)->getParent())
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00005299 return false;
5300
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005301 bool DefIsLiveOut = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005302 for (User *U : I->users()) {
5303 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005304
5305 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005306 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005307 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5308 DefIsLiveOut = true;
5309 break;
5310 }
5311 if (!DefIsLiveOut)
5312 return false;
5313
Jim Grosbach0f38c1e2013-04-15 17:40:48 +00005314 // Make sure none of the uses are PHI nodes.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005315 for (User *U : Src->users()) {
5316 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
5317 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00005318 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5319 // Be conservative. We don't want this xform to end up introducing
5320 // reloads just before load / store instructions.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005321 if (isa<PHINode>(UI) || isa<LoadInst>(UI) || isa<StoreInst>(UI))
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00005322 return false;
5323 }
5324
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005325 // InsertedTruncs - Only insert one trunc in each block once.
5326 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedTruncs;
5327
5328 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005329 for (Use &U : Src->uses()) {
5330 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005331
5332 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
5333 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
5334 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5335
5336 // Both src and def are live in this block. Rewrite the use.
5337 Instruction *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[UserBB];
5338
5339 if (!InsertedTrunc) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00005340 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005341 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
5342 InsertedTrunc = new TruncInst(I, Src->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00005343 InsertedInsts.insert(InsertedTrunc);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005344 }
5345
5346 // Replace a use of the {s|z}ext source with a use of the result.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005347 U = InsertedTrunc;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00005348 ++NumExtUses;
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005349 MadeChange = true;
5350 }
5351
5352 return MadeChange;
5353}
5354
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005355// Find loads whose uses only use some of the loaded value's bits. Add an "and"
5356// just after the load if the target can fold this into one extload instruction,
5357// with the hope of eliminating some of the other later "and" instructions using
5358// the loaded value. "and"s that are made trivially redundant by the insertion
5359// of the new "and" are removed by this function, while others (e.g. those whose
5360// path from the load goes through a phi) are left for isel to potentially
5361// remove.
5362//
5363// For example:
5364//
5365// b0:
5366// x = load i32
5367// ...
5368// b1:
5369// y = and x, 0xff
5370// z = use y
5371//
5372// becomes:
5373//
5374// b0:
5375// x = load i32
5376// x' = and x, 0xff
5377// ...
5378// b1:
5379// z = use x'
5380//
5381// whereas:
5382//
5383// b0:
5384// x1 = load i32
5385// ...
5386// b1:
5387// x2 = load i32
5388// ...
5389// b2:
5390// x = phi x1, x2
5391// y = and x, 0xff
5392//
5393// becomes (after a call to optimizeLoadExt for each load):
5394//
5395// b0:
5396// x1 = load i32
5397// x1' = and x1, 0xff
5398// ...
5399// b1:
5400// x2 = load i32
5401// x2' = and x2, 0xff
5402// ...
5403// b2:
5404// x = phi x1', x2'
5405// y = and x, 0xff
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005406bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load) {
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00005407 if (!Load->isSimple() || !Load->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy())
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005408 return false;
5409
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005410 // Skip loads we've already transformed.
5411 if (Load->hasOneUse() &&
5412 InsertedInsts.count(cast<Instruction>(*Load->user_begin())))
5413 return false;
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005414
5415 // Look at all uses of Load, looking through phis, to determine how many bits
5416 // of the loaded value are needed.
5417 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> WorkList;
5418 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
5419 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> AndsToMaybeRemove;
5420 for (auto *U : Load->users())
5421 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5422
5423 EVT LoadResultVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, Load->getType());
5424 unsigned BitWidth = LoadResultVT.getSizeInBits();
5425 APInt DemandBits(BitWidth, 0);
5426 APInt WidestAndBits(BitWidth, 0);
5427
5428 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5429 Instruction *I = WorkList.back();
5430 WorkList.pop_back();
5431
5432 // Break use-def graph loops.
5433 if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5434 continue;
5435
5436 // For a PHI node, push all of its users.
5437 if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
5438 for (auto *U : Phi->users())
5439 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5440 continue;
5441 }
5442
5443 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005444 case Instruction::And: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005445 auto *AndC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5446 if (!AndC)
5447 return false;
5448 APInt AndBits = AndC->getValue();
5449 DemandBits |= AndBits;
5450 // Keep track of the widest and mask we see.
5451 if (AndBits.ugt(WidestAndBits))
5452 WidestAndBits = AndBits;
5453 if (AndBits == WidestAndBits && I->getOperand(0) == Load)
5454 AndsToMaybeRemove.push_back(I);
5455 break;
5456 }
5457
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005458 case Instruction::Shl: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005459 auto *ShlC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5460 if (!ShlC)
5461 return false;
5462 uint64_t ShiftAmt = ShlC->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1);
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005463 DemandBits.setLowBits(BitWidth - ShiftAmt);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005464 break;
5465 }
5466
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005467 case Instruction::Trunc: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005468 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, I->getType());
5469 unsigned TruncBitWidth = TruncVT.getSizeInBits();
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005470 DemandBits.setLowBits(TruncBitWidth);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005471 break;
5472 }
5473
5474 default:
5475 return false;
5476 }
5477 }
5478
5479 uint32_t ActiveBits = DemandBits.getActiveBits();
5480 // Avoid hoisting (and (load x) 1) since it is unlikely to be folded by the
5481 // target even if isLoadExtLegal says an i1 EXTLOAD is valid. For example,
5482 // for the AArch64 target isLoadExtLegal(ZEXTLOAD, i32, i1) returns true, but
5483 // (and (load x) 1) is not matched as a single instruction, rather as a LDR
5484 // followed by an AND.
5485 // TODO: Look into removing this restriction by fixing backends to either
5486 // return false for isLoadExtLegal for i1 or have them select this pattern to
5487 // a single instruction.
5488 //
5489 // Also avoid hoisting if we didn't see any ands with the exact DemandBits
5490 // mask, since these are the only ands that will be removed by isel.
Craig Topperd33ee1b2017-04-03 16:34:59 +00005491 if (ActiveBits <= 1 || !DemandBits.isMask(ActiveBits) ||
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005492 WidestAndBits != DemandBits)
5493 return false;
5494
5495 LLVMContext &Ctx = Load->getType()->getContext();
5496 Type *TruncTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ctx, ActiveBits);
5497 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, TruncTy);
5498
5499 // Reject cases that won't be matched as extloads.
5500 if (!LoadResultVT.bitsGT(TruncVT) || !TruncVT.isRound() ||
5501 !TLI->isLoadExtLegal(ISD::ZEXTLOAD, LoadResultVT, TruncVT))
5502 return false;
5503
5504 IRBuilder<> Builder(Load->getNextNode());
5505 auto *NewAnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(
5506 Builder.CreateAnd(Load, ConstantInt::get(Ctx, DemandBits)));
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005507 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
5508 // optimizations don't touch it.
5509 InsertedInsts.insert(NewAnd);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005510
5511 // Replace all uses of load with new and (except for the use of load in the
5512 // new and itself).
5513 Load->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5514 NewAnd->setOperand(0, Load);
5515
5516 // Remove any and instructions that are now redundant.
5517 for (auto *And : AndsToMaybeRemove)
5518 // Check that the and mask is the same as the one we decided to put on the
5519 // new and.
5520 if (cast<ConstantInt>(And->getOperand(1))->getValue() == DemandBits) {
5521 And->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5522 if (&*CurInstIterator == And)
5523 CurInstIterator = std::next(And->getIterator());
5524 And->eraseFromParent();
5525 ++NumAndUses;
5526 }
5527
5528 ++NumAndsAdded;
5529 return true;
5530}
5531
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005532/// Check if V (an operand of a select instruction) is an expensive instruction
5533/// that is only used once.
5534static bool sinkSelectOperand(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI, Value *V) {
5535 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5536 // If it's safe to speculatively execute, then it should not have side
5537 // effects; therefore, it's safe to sink and possibly *not* execute.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00005538 return I && I->hasOneUse() && isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(I) &&
5539 TTI->getUserCost(I) >= TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Expensive;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005540}
5541
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005542/// Returns true if a SelectInst should be turned into an explicit branch.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005543static bool isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005544 const TargetLowering *TLI,
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005545 SelectInst *SI) {
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005546 // If even a predictable select is cheap, then a branch can't be cheaper.
5547 if (!TLI->isPredictableSelectExpensive())
5548 return false;
5549
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005550 // FIXME: This should use the same heuristics as IfConversion to determine
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005551 // whether a select is better represented as a branch.
5552
5553 // If metadata tells us that the select condition is obviously predictable,
5554 // then we want to replace the select with a branch.
5555 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
5556 if (SI->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
5557 uint64_t Max = std::max(TrueWeight, FalseWeight);
5558 uint64_t Sum = TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
Sanjay Patelc7b91e62016-05-09 17:31:55 +00005559 if (Sum != 0) {
5560 auto Probability = BranchProbability::getBranchProbability(Max, Sum);
5561 if (Probability > TLI->getPredictableBranchThreshold())
5562 return true;
5563 }
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005564 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005565
5566 CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition());
5567
Sanjay Patel4e652762015-09-28 22:14:51 +00005568 // If a branch is predictable, an out-of-order CPU can avoid blocking on its
5569 // comparison condition. If the compare has more than one use, there's
5570 // probably another cmov or setcc around, so it's not worth emitting a branch.
Sanjay Patel5e5f0e92015-09-28 21:44:46 +00005571 if (!Cmp || !Cmp->hasOneUse())
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005572 return false;
5573
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005574 // If either operand of the select is expensive and only needed on one side
5575 // of the select, we should form a branch.
5576 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue()) ||
5577 sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue()))
5578 return true;
5579
5580 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005581}
5582
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005583/// If \p isTrue is true, return the true value of \p SI, otherwise return
5584/// false value of \p SI. If the true/false value of \p SI is defined by any
5585/// select instructions in \p Selects, look through the defining select
5586/// instruction until the true/false value is not defined in \p Selects.
5587static Value *getTrueOrFalseValue(
5588 SelectInst *SI, bool isTrue,
5589 const SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> &Selects) {
5590 Value *V;
5591
5592 for (SelectInst *DefSI = SI; DefSI != nullptr && Selects.count(DefSI);
5593 DefSI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
Dehao Chenc32d7122016-09-12 20:29:54 +00005594 assert(DefSI->getCondition() == SI->getCondition() &&
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005595 "The condition of DefSI does not match with SI");
5596 V = (isTrue ? DefSI->getTrueValue() : DefSI->getFalseValue());
5597 }
5598 return V;
5599}
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005600
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005601/// If we have a SelectInst that will likely profit from branch prediction,
5602/// turn it into a branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005603bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI) {
Vedant Kumarfbc38732018-08-21 23:42:23 +00005604 // If branch conversion isn't desirable, exit early.
5605 if (DisableSelectToBranch || OptSize || !TLI)
5606 return false;
5607
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005608 // Find all consecutive select instructions that share the same condition.
5609 SmallVector<SelectInst *, 2> ASI;
5610 ASI.push_back(SI);
David Blaikie7d306532018-08-28 00:55:19 +00005611 for (BasicBlock::iterator It = ++BasicBlock::iterator(SI);
5612 It != SI->getParent()->end(); ++It) {
5613 SelectInst *I = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(&*It);
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005614 if (I && SI->getCondition() == I->getCondition()) {
5615 ASI.push_back(I);
5616 } else {
5617 break;
5618 }
5619 }
5620
5621 SelectInst *LastSI = ASI.back();
5622 // Increment the current iterator to skip all the rest of select instructions
5623 // because they will be either "not lowered" or "all lowered" to branch.
5624 CurInstIterator = std::next(LastSI->getIterator());
5625
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005626 bool VectorCond = !SI->getCondition()->getType()->isIntegerTy(1);
5627
5628 // Can we convert the 'select' to CF ?
Vedant Kumarfbc38732018-08-21 23:42:23 +00005629 if (VectorCond || SI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005630 return false;
5631
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005632 TargetLowering::SelectSupportKind SelectKind;
5633 if (VectorCond)
5634 SelectKind = TargetLowering::VectorMaskSelect;
5635 else if (SI->getType()->isVectorTy())
5636 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarCondVectorVal;
5637 else
5638 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarValSelect;
5639
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005640 if (TLI->isSelectSupported(SelectKind) &&
5641 !isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(TTI, TLI, SI))
5642 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005643
5644 ModifiedDT = true;
5645
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005646 // Transform a sequence like this:
5647 // start:
5648 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5649 // %sel = select i1 %cmp, i32 %c, i32 %d
5650 //
5651 // Into:
5652 // start:
5653 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5654 // br i1 %cmp, label %select.true, label %select.false
5655 // select.true:
5656 // br label %select.end
5657 // select.false:
5658 // br label %select.end
5659 // select.end:
5660 // %sel = phi i32 [ %c, %select.true ], [ %d, %select.false ]
5661 //
5662 // In addition, we may sink instructions that produce %c or %d from
5663 // the entry block into the destination(s) of the new branch.
5664 // If the true or false blocks do not contain a sunken instruction, that
5665 // block and its branch may be optimized away. In that case, one side of the
5666 // first branch will point directly to select.end, and the corresponding PHI
5667 // predecessor block will be the start block.
5668
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005669 // First, we split the block containing the select into 2 blocks.
5670 BasicBlock *StartBlock = SI->getParent();
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005671 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(LastSI));
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005672 BasicBlock *EndBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "select.end");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005673
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005674 // Delete the unconditional branch that was just created by the split.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005675 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005676
5677 // These are the new basic blocks for the conditional branch.
5678 // At least one will become an actual new basic block.
5679 BasicBlock *TrueBlock = nullptr;
5680 BasicBlock *FalseBlock = nullptr;
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005681 BranchInst *TrueBranch = nullptr;
5682 BranchInst *FalseBranch = nullptr;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005683
5684 // Sink expensive instructions into the conditional blocks to avoid executing
5685 // them speculatively.
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005686 for (SelectInst *SI : ASI) {
5687 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue())) {
5688 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
5689 TrueBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.true.sink",
5690 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5691 TrueBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, TrueBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005692 TrueBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005693 }
5694 auto *TrueInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getTrueValue());
5695 TrueInst->moveBefore(TrueBranch);
5696 }
5697 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue())) {
5698 if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
5699 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false.sink",
5700 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5701 FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005702 FalseBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005703 }
5704 auto *FalseInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getFalseValue());
5705 FalseInst->moveBefore(FalseBranch);
5706 }
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005707 }
5708
5709 // If there was nothing to sink, then arbitrarily choose the 'false' side
5710 // for a new input value to the PHI.
5711 if (TrueBlock == FalseBlock) {
5712 assert(TrueBlock == nullptr &&
5713 "Unexpected basic block transform while optimizing select");
5714
5715 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false",
5716 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005717 auto *FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
5718 FalseBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005719 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005720
5721 // Insert the real conditional branch based on the original condition.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005722 // If we did not create a new block for one of the 'true' or 'false' paths
5723 // of the condition, it means that side of the branch goes to the end block
5724 // directly and the path originates from the start block from the point of
5725 // view of the new PHI.
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005726 BasicBlock *TT, *FT;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005727 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005728 TT = EndBlock;
5729 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005730 TrueBlock = StartBlock;
5731 } else if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005732 TT = TrueBlock;
5733 FT = EndBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005734 FalseBlock = StartBlock;
5735 } else {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005736 TT = TrueBlock;
5737 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005738 }
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005739 IRBuilder<>(SI).CreateCondBr(SI->getCondition(), TT, FT, SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005740
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005741 SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> INS;
5742 INS.insert(ASI.begin(), ASI.end());
5743 // Use reverse iterator because later select may use the value of the
5744 // earlier select, and we need to propagate value through earlier select
5745 // to get the PHI operand.
5746 for (auto It = ASI.rbegin(); It != ASI.rend(); ++It) {
5747 SelectInst *SI = *It;
5748 // The select itself is replaced with a PHI Node.
5749 PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(SI->getType(), 2, "", &EndBlock->front());
5750 PN->takeName(SI);
5751 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, true, INS), TrueBlock);
5752 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, false, INS), FalseBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005753 PN->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005754
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005755 SI->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
5756 SI->eraseFromParent();
5757 INS.erase(SI);
5758 ++NumSelectsExpanded;
5759 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005760
5761 // Instruct OptimizeBlock to skip to the next block.
5762 CurInstIterator = StartBlock->end();
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005763 return true;
5764}
5765
Benjamin Kramer573ff362014-03-01 17:24:40 +00005766static bool isBroadcastShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005767 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask(SVI->getShuffleMask());
5768 int SplatElem = -1;
5769 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Mask.size(); ++i) {
5770 if (SplatElem != -1 && Mask[i] != -1 && Mask[i] != SplatElem)
5771 return false;
5772 SplatElem = Mask[i];
5773 }
5774
5775 return true;
5776}
5777
5778/// Some targets have expensive vector shifts if the lanes aren't all the same
5779/// (e.g. x86 only introduced "vpsllvd" and friends with AVX2). In these cases
5780/// it's often worth sinking a shufflevector splat down to its use so that
5781/// codegen can spot all lanes are identical.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005782bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005783 BasicBlock *DefBB = SVI->getParent();
5784
5785 // Only do this xform if variable vector shifts are particularly expensive.
5786 if (!TLI || !TLI->isVectorShiftByScalarCheap(SVI->getType()))
5787 return false;
5788
5789 // We only expect better codegen by sinking a shuffle if we can recognise a
5790 // constant splat.
5791 if (!isBroadcastShuffle(SVI))
5792 return false;
5793
5794 // InsertedShuffles - Only insert a shuffle in each block once.
5795 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedShuffles;
5796
5797 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005798 for (User *U : SVI->users()) {
5799 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005800
5801 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005802 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005803 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5804
5805 // For now only apply this when the splat is used by a shift instruction.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005806 if (!UI->isShift()) continue;
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005807
5808 // Everything checks out, sink the shuffle if the user's block doesn't
5809 // already have a copy.
5810 Instruction *&InsertedShuffle = InsertedShuffles[UserBB];
5811
5812 if (!InsertedShuffle) {
5813 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005814 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
5815 InsertedShuffle =
5816 new ShuffleVectorInst(SVI->getOperand(0), SVI->getOperand(1),
5817 SVI->getOperand(2), "", &*InsertPt);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005818 }
5819
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005820 UI->replaceUsesOfWith(SVI, InsertedShuffle);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005821 MadeChange = true;
5822 }
5823
5824 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shuffle.
5825 if (SVI->use_empty()) {
5826 SVI->eraseFromParent();
5827 MadeChange = true;
5828 }
5829
5830 return MadeChange;
5831}
5832
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00005833bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI) {
5834 if (!TLI || !DL)
5835 return false;
5836
5837 Value *Cond = SI->getCondition();
5838 Type *OldType = Cond->getType();
5839 LLVMContext &Context = Cond->getContext();
5840 MVT RegType = TLI->getRegisterType(Context, TLI->getValueType(*DL, OldType));
5841 unsigned RegWidth = RegType.getSizeInBits();
5842
5843 if (RegWidth <= cast<IntegerType>(OldType)->getBitWidth())
5844 return false;
5845
5846 // If the register width is greater than the type width, expand the condition
5847 // of the switch instruction and each case constant to the width of the
5848 // register. By widening the type of the switch condition, subsequent
5849 // comparisons (for case comparisons) will not need to be extended to the
5850 // preferred register width, so we will potentially eliminate N-1 extends,
5851 // where N is the number of cases in the switch.
5852 auto *NewType = Type::getIntNTy(Context, RegWidth);
5853
5854 // Zero-extend the switch condition and case constants unless the switch
5855 // condition is a function argument that is already being sign-extended.
5856 // In that case, we can avoid an unnecessary mask/extension by sign-extending
5857 // everything instead.
5858 Instruction::CastOps ExtType = Instruction::ZExt;
5859 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Cond))
5860 if (Arg->hasSExtAttr())
5861 ExtType = Instruction::SExt;
5862
5863 auto *ExtInst = CastInst::Create(ExtType, Cond, NewType);
5864 ExtInst->insertBefore(SI);
Vedant Kumar47606862018-08-22 01:23:31 +00005865 ExtInst->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00005866 SI->setCondition(ExtInst);
Chandler Carruth927d8e62017-04-12 07:27:28 +00005867 for (auto Case : SI->cases()) {
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00005868 APInt NarrowConst = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
5869 APInt WideConst = (ExtType == Instruction::ZExt) ?
5870 NarrowConst.zext(RegWidth) : NarrowConst.sext(RegWidth);
5871 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(Context, WideConst));
5872 }
5873
5874 return true;
5875}
5876
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00005877
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005878namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005879
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005880/// Helper class to promote a scalar operation to a vector one.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005881/// This class is used to move downward extractelement transition.
5882/// E.g.,
5883/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
5884/// b = extractelement <2 x i32> a, i32 0
5885/// c = scalar_op b
5886/// store c
5887///
5888/// =>
5889/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
5890/// c = vector_op a (equivalent to scalar_op on the related lane)
5891/// * d = extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0
5892/// * store d
5893/// Assuming both extractelement and store can be combine, we get rid of the
5894/// transition.
5895class VectorPromoteHelper {
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005896 /// DataLayout associated with the current module.
5897 const DataLayout &DL;
5898
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005899 /// Used to perform some checks on the legality of vector operations.
5900 const TargetLowering &TLI;
5901
5902 /// Used to estimated the cost of the promoted chain.
5903 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI;
5904
5905 /// The transition being moved downwards.
5906 Instruction *Transition;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005907
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005908 /// The sequence of instructions to be promoted.
5909 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> InstsToBePromoted;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005910
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005911 /// Cost of combining a store and an extract.
5912 unsigned StoreExtractCombineCost;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005913
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005914 /// Instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005915 Instruction *CombineInst = nullptr;
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005916
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005917 /// The instruction that represents the current end of the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005918 /// Since we are faking the promotion until we reach the end of the chain
5919 /// of computation, we need a way to get the current end of the transition.
5920 Instruction *getEndOfTransition() const {
5921 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty())
5922 return Transition;
5923 return InstsToBePromoted.back();
5924 }
5925
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005926 /// Return the index of the original value in the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005927 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the original value,
5928 /// c, is at index 0.
5929 unsigned getTransitionOriginalValueIdx() const {
5930 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
5931 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
5932 return 0;
5933 }
5934
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005935 /// Return the index of the index in the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005936 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0" the index
5937 /// is at index 1.
5938 unsigned getTransitionIdx() const {
5939 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
5940 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
5941 return 1;
5942 }
5943
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005944 /// Get the type of the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005945 /// This is the type of the original value.
5946 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the type of the
5947 /// transition is <2 x i32>.
5948 Type *getTransitionType() const {
5949 return Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx())->getType();
5950 }
5951
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005952 /// Promote \p ToBePromoted by moving \p Def downward through.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005953 /// I.e., we have the following sequence:
5954 /// Def = Transition <ty1> a to <ty2>
5955 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty2> Def, ...
5956 /// =>
5957 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty1> a, ...
5958 /// Def = Transition <ty1> ToBePromoted to <ty2>
5959 void promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted);
5960
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005961 /// Check whether or not it is profitable to promote all the
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005962 /// instructions enqueued to be promoted.
5963 bool isProfitableToPromote() {
5964 Value *ValIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
5965 unsigned Index = isa<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)
5966 ? cast<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)->getZExtValue()
5967 : -1;
5968 Type *PromotedType = getTransitionType();
5969
5970 StoreInst *ST = cast<StoreInst>(CombineInst);
5971 unsigned AS = ST->getPointerAddressSpace();
5972 unsigned Align = ST->getAlignment();
5973 // Check if this store is supported.
5974 if (!TLI.allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005975 TLI.getValueType(DL, ST->getValueOperand()->getType()), AS,
5976 Align)) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005977 // If this is not supported, there is no way we can combine
5978 // the extract with the store.
5979 return false;
5980 }
5981
5982 // The scalar chain of computation has to pay for the transition
5983 // scalar to vector.
5984 // The vector chain has to account for the combining cost.
5985 uint64_t ScalarCost =
5986 TTI.getVectorInstrCost(Transition->getOpcode(), PromotedType, Index);
5987 uint64_t VectorCost = StoreExtractCombineCost;
5988 for (const auto &Inst : InstsToBePromoted) {
5989 // Compute the cost.
5990 // By construction, all instructions being promoted are arithmetic ones.
5991 // Moreover, one argument is a constant that can be viewed as a splat
5992 // constant.
5993 Value *Arg0 = Inst->getOperand(0);
5994 bool IsArg0Constant = isa<UndefValue>(Arg0) || isa<ConstantInt>(Arg0) ||
5995 isa<ConstantFP>(Arg0);
5996 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg0OVK =
5997 IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
5998 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
5999 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg1OVK =
6000 !IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
6001 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
6002 ScalarCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(
6003 Inst->getOpcode(), Inst->getType(), Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
6004 VectorCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(Inst->getOpcode(), PromotedType,
6005 Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
6006 }
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006007 LLVM_DEBUG(
6008 dbgs() << "Estimated cost of computation to be promoted:\nScalar: "
6009 << ScalarCost << "\nVector: " << VectorCost << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006010 return ScalarCost > VectorCost;
6011 }
6012
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006013 /// Generate a constant vector with \p Val with the same
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006014 /// number of elements as the transition.
6015 /// \p UseSplat defines whether or not \p Val should be replicated
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00006016 /// across the whole vector.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006017 /// In other words, if UseSplat == true, we generate <Val, Val, ..., Val>,
6018 /// otherwise we generate a vector with as many undef as possible:
6019 /// <undef, ..., undef, Val, undef, ..., undef> where \p Val is only
6020 /// used at the index of the extract.
6021 Value *getConstantVector(Constant *Val, bool UseSplat) const {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006022 unsigned ExtractIdx = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006023 if (!UseSplat) {
6024 // If we cannot determine where the constant must be, we have to
6025 // use a splat constant.
6026 Value *ValExtractIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionIdx());
6027 if (ConstantInt *CstVal = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ValExtractIdx))
6028 ExtractIdx = CstVal->getSExtValue();
6029 else
6030 UseSplat = true;
6031 }
6032
6033 unsigned End = getTransitionType()->getVectorNumElements();
6034 if (UseSplat)
6035 return ConstantVector::getSplat(End, Val);
6036
6037 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> ConstVec;
6038 UndefValue *UndefVal = UndefValue::get(Val->getType());
6039 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx != End; ++Idx) {
6040 if (Idx == ExtractIdx)
6041 ConstVec.push_back(Val);
6042 else
6043 ConstVec.push_back(UndefVal);
6044 }
6045 return ConstantVector::get(ConstVec);
6046 }
6047
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006048 /// Check if promoting to a vector type an operand at \p OperandIdx
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006049 /// in \p Use can trigger undefined behavior.
6050 static bool canCauseUndefinedBehavior(const Instruction *Use,
6051 unsigned OperandIdx) {
6052 // This is not safe to introduce undef when the operand is on
6053 // the right hand side of a division-like instruction.
6054 if (OperandIdx != 1)
6055 return false;
6056 switch (Use->getOpcode()) {
6057 default:
6058 return false;
6059 case Instruction::SDiv:
6060 case Instruction::UDiv:
6061 case Instruction::SRem:
6062 case Instruction::URem:
6063 return true;
6064 case Instruction::FDiv:
6065 case Instruction::FRem:
6066 return !Use->hasNoNaNs();
6067 }
6068 llvm_unreachable(nullptr);
6069 }
6070
6071public:
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006072 VectorPromoteHelper(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLowering &TLI,
6073 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI, Instruction *Transition,
6074 unsigned CombineCost)
6075 : DL(DL), TLI(TLI), TTI(TTI), Transition(Transition),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006076 StoreExtractCombineCost(CombineCost) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006077 assert(Transition && "Do not know how to promote null");
6078 }
6079
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006080 /// Check if we can promote \p ToBePromoted to \p Type.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006081 bool canPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
6082 // We could support CastInst too.
6083 return isa<BinaryOperator>(ToBePromoted);
6084 }
6085
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006086 /// Check if it is profitable to promote \p ToBePromoted
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006087 /// by moving downward the transition through.
6088 bool shouldPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
6089 // Promote only if all the operands can be statically expanded.
6090 // Indeed, we do not want to introduce any new kind of transitions.
6091 for (const Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
6092 const Value *Val = U.get();
6093 if (Val == getEndOfTransition()) {
6094 // If the use is a division and the transition is on the rhs,
6095 // we cannot promote the operation, otherwise we may create a
6096 // division by zero.
6097 if (canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()))
6098 return false;
6099 continue;
6100 }
6101 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val) && !isa<UndefValue>(Val) &&
6102 !isa<ConstantFP>(Val))
6103 return false;
6104 }
6105 // Check that the resulting operation is legal.
6106 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(ToBePromoted->getOpcode());
6107 if (!ISDOpcode)
6108 return false;
6109 return StressStoreExtract ||
Ahmed Bougacha026600d2014-11-12 23:05:03 +00006110 TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006111 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, getTransitionType(), true));
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006112 }
6113
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006114 /// Check whether or not \p Use can be combined
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006115 /// with the transition.
6116 /// I.e., is it possible to do Use(Transition) => AnotherUse?
6117 bool canCombine(const Instruction *Use) { return isa<StoreInst>(Use); }
6118
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006119 /// Record \p ToBePromoted as part of the chain to be promoted.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006120 void enqueueForPromotion(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
6121 InstsToBePromoted.push_back(ToBePromoted);
6122 }
6123
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006124 /// Set the instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006125 void recordCombineInstruction(Instruction *ToBeCombined) {
6126 assert(canCombine(ToBeCombined) && "Unsupported instruction to combine");
6127 CombineInst = ToBeCombined;
6128 }
6129
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006130 /// Promote all the instructions enqueued for promotion if it is
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006131 /// is profitable.
6132 /// \return True if the promotion happened, false otherwise.
6133 bool promote() {
6134 // Check if there is something to promote.
6135 // Right now, if we do not have anything to combine with,
6136 // we assume the promotion is not profitable.
6137 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty() || !CombineInst)
6138 return false;
6139
6140 // Check cost.
6141 if (!StressStoreExtract && !isProfitableToPromote())
6142 return false;
6143
6144 // Promote.
6145 for (auto &ToBePromoted : InstsToBePromoted)
6146 promoteImpl(ToBePromoted);
6147 InstsToBePromoted.clear();
6148 return true;
6149 }
6150};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006151
6152} // end anonymous namespace
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006153
6154void VectorPromoteHelper::promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
6155 // At this point, we know that all the operands of ToBePromoted but Def
6156 // can be statically promoted.
6157 // For Def, we need to use its parameter in ToBePromoted:
6158 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 a
6159 // Def = Transition ty1 b to ty2
6160 // Move the transition down.
6161 // 1. Replace all uses of the promoted operation by the transition.
6162 // = ... b => = ... Def.
6163 assert(ToBePromoted->getType() == Transition->getType() &&
6164 "The type of the result of the transition does not match "
6165 "the final type");
6166 ToBePromoted->replaceAllUsesWith(Transition);
6167 // 2. Update the type of the uses.
6168 // b = ToBePromoted ty2 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def.
6169 Type *TransitionTy = getTransitionType();
6170 ToBePromoted->mutateType(TransitionTy);
6171 // 3. Update all the operands of the promoted operation with promoted
6172 // operands.
6173 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 a.
6174 for (Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
6175 Value *Val = U.get();
6176 Value *NewVal = nullptr;
6177 if (Val == Transition)
6178 NewVal = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
6179 else if (isa<UndefValue>(Val) || isa<ConstantInt>(Val) ||
6180 isa<ConstantFP>(Val)) {
6181 // Use a splat constant if it is not safe to use undef.
6182 NewVal = getConstantVector(
6183 cast<Constant>(Val),
6184 isa<UndefValue>(Val) ||
6185 canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()));
6186 } else
Craig Topperd3c02f12015-01-05 10:15:49 +00006187 llvm_unreachable("Did you modified shouldPromote and forgot to update "
6188 "this?");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006189 ToBePromoted->setOperand(U.getOperandNo(), NewVal);
6190 }
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00006191 Transition->moveAfter(ToBePromoted);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006192 Transition->setOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx(), ToBePromoted);
6193}
6194
6195/// Some targets can do store(extractelement) with one instruction.
6196/// Try to push the extractelement towards the stores when the target
6197/// has this feature and this is profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006198bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006199 unsigned CombineCost = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006200 if (DisableStoreExtract || !TLI ||
6201 (!StressStoreExtract &&
6202 !TLI->canCombineStoreAndExtract(Inst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
6203 Inst->getOperand(1), CombineCost)))
6204 return false;
6205
6206 // At this point we know that Inst is a vector to scalar transition.
6207 // Try to move it down the def-use chain, until:
6208 // - We can combine the transition with its single use
6209 // => we got rid of the transition.
6210 // - We escape the current basic block
6211 // => we would need to check that we are moving it at a cheaper place and
6212 // we do not do that for now.
6213 BasicBlock *Parent = Inst->getParent();
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006214 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found an interesting transition: " << *Inst << '\n');
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006215 VectorPromoteHelper VPH(*DL, *TLI, *TTI, Inst, CombineCost);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006216 // If the transition has more than one use, assume this is not going to be
6217 // beneficial.
6218 while (Inst->hasOneUse()) {
6219 Instruction *ToBePromoted = cast<Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006220 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Use: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006221
6222 if (ToBePromoted->getParent() != Parent) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006223 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Instruction to promote is in a different block ("
6224 << ToBePromoted->getParent()->getName()
6225 << ") than the transition (" << Parent->getName()
6226 << ").\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006227 return false;
6228 }
6229
6230 if (VPH.canCombine(ToBePromoted)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006231 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Assume " << *Inst << '\n'
6232 << "will be combined with: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006233 VPH.recordCombineInstruction(ToBePromoted);
6234 bool Changed = VPH.promote();
6235 NumStoreExtractExposed += Changed;
6236 return Changed;
6237 }
6238
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006239 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Try promoting.\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006240 if (!VPH.canPromote(ToBePromoted) || !VPH.shouldPromote(ToBePromoted))
6241 return false;
6242
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006243 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting is possible... Enqueue for promotion!\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006244
6245 VPH.enqueueForPromotion(ToBePromoted);
6246 Inst = ToBePromoted;
6247 }
6248 return false;
6249}
6250
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006251/// For the instruction sequence of store below, F and I values
6252/// are bundled together as an i64 value before being stored into memory.
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006253/// Sometimes it is more efficient to generate separate stores for F and I,
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006254/// which can remove the bitwise instructions or sink them to colder places.
6255///
6256/// (store (or (zext (bitcast F to i32) to i64),
6257/// (shl (zext I to i64), 32)), addr) -->
6258/// (store F, addr) and (store I, addr+4)
6259///
6260/// Similarly, splitting for other merged store can also be beneficial, like:
6261/// For pair of {i32, i32}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
6262/// For pair of {i32, i16}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
6263/// For pair of {i16, i16}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
6264/// For pair of {i16, i8}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
6265/// For pair of {i8, i8}, i16 store --> two i8 stores.
6266///
6267/// We allow each target to determine specifically which kind of splitting is
6268/// supported.
6269///
6270/// The store patterns are commonly seen from the simple code snippet below
6271/// if only std::make_pair(...) is sroa transformed before inlined into hoo.
6272/// void goo(const std::pair<int, float> &);
6273/// hoo() {
6274/// ...
6275/// goo(std::make_pair(tmp, ftmp));
6276/// ...
6277/// }
6278///
6279/// Although we already have similar splitting in DAG Combine, we duplicate
6280/// it in CodeGenPrepare to catch the case in which pattern is across
6281/// multiple BBs. The logic in DAG Combine is kept to catch case generated
6282/// during code expansion.
6283static bool splitMergedValStore(StoreInst &SI, const DataLayout &DL,
6284 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6285 // Handle simple but common cases only.
6286 Type *StoreType = SI.getValueOperand()->getType();
6287 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(StoreType) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) ||
6288 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) == 0)
6289 return false;
6290
6291 unsigned HalfValBitSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) / 2;
6292 Type *SplitStoreType = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), HalfValBitSize);
6293 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(SplitStoreType) !=
6294 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SplitStoreType))
6295 return false;
6296
6297 // Match the following patterns:
6298 // (store (or (zext LValue to i64),
6299 // (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
6300 // or
6301 // (store (or (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
6302 // (zext LValue to i64),
6303 // Expect both operands of OR and the first operand of SHL have only
6304 // one use.
6305 Value *LValue, *HValue;
6306 if (!match(SI.getValueOperand(),
6307 m_c_Or(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(LValue))),
6308 m_OneUse(m_Shl(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(HValue))),
6309 m_SpecificInt(HalfValBitSize))))))
6310 return false;
6311
6312 // Check LValue and HValue are int with size less or equal than 32.
6313 if (!LValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6314 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize ||
6315 !HValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6316 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(HValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize)
6317 return false;
6318
6319 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast instruction, use the EVT before bitcast
6320 // as the input of target query.
6321 auto *LBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(LValue);
6322 auto *HBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(HValue);
6323 EVT LowTy = LBC ? EVT::getEVT(LBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
6324 : EVT::getEVT(LValue->getType());
6325 EVT HighTy = HBC ? EVT::getEVT(HBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
6326 : EVT::getEVT(HValue->getType());
6327 if (!ForceSplitStore && !TLI.isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(LowTy, HighTy))
6328 return false;
6329
6330 // Start to split store.
6331 IRBuilder<> Builder(SI.getContext());
6332 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&SI);
6333
6334 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast in another BB, create a new one in current
6335 // BB so it may be merged with the splitted stores by dag combiner.
6336 if (LBC && LBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
6337 LValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(LBC->getOperand(0), LBC->getType());
6338 if (HBC && HBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
6339 HValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(HBC->getOperand(0), HBC->getType());
6340
Jonas Paulsson5612bb22018-03-13 08:36:20 +00006341 bool IsLE = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout().isLittleEndian();
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006342 auto CreateSplitStore = [&](Value *V, bool Upper) {
6343 V = Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(V, SplitStoreType);
6344 Value *Addr = Builder.CreateBitCast(
6345 SI.getOperand(1),
6346 SplitStoreType->getPointerTo(SI.getPointerAddressSpace()));
Jonas Paulsson5612bb22018-03-13 08:36:20 +00006347 if ((IsLE && Upper) || (!IsLE && !Upper))
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006348 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(
6349 SplitStoreType, Addr,
6350 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(SI.getContext()), 1));
6351 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
6352 V, Addr, Upper ? SI.getAlignment() / 2 : SI.getAlignment());
6353 };
6354
6355 CreateSplitStore(LValue, false);
6356 CreateSplitStore(HValue, true);
6357
6358 // Delete the old store.
6359 SI.eraseFromParent();
6360 return true;
6361}
6362
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006363// Return true if the GEP has two operands, the first operand is of a sequential
6364// type, and the second operand is a constant.
6365static bool GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
6366 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*GEP);
6367 return GEP->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
6368 I.isSequential() &&
6369 isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1));
6370}
6371
6372// Try unmerging GEPs to reduce liveness interference (register pressure) across
6373// IndirectBr edges. Since IndirectBr edges tend to touch on many blocks,
6374// reducing liveness interference across those edges benefits global register
6375// allocation. Currently handles only certain cases.
6376//
6377// For example, unmerge %GEPI and %UGEPI as below.
6378//
6379// ---------- BEFORE ----------
6380// SrcBlock:
6381// ...
6382// %GEPIOp = ...
6383// ...
6384// %GEPI = gep %GEPIOp, Idx
6385// ...
6386// indirectbr ... [ label %DstB0, label %DstB1, ... label %DstBi ... ]
6387// (* %GEPI is alive on the indirectbr edges due to other uses ahead)
6388// (* %GEPIOp is alive on the indirectbr edges only because of it's used by
6389// %UGEPI)
6390//
6391// DstB0: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6392// DstB1: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6393// ...
6394//
6395// DstBi:
6396// ...
6397// %UGEPI = gep %GEPIOp, UIdx
6398// ...
6399// ---------------------------
6400//
6401// ---------- AFTER ----------
6402// SrcBlock:
6403// ... (same as above)
6404// (* %GEPI is still alive on the indirectbr edges)
6405// (* %GEPIOp is no longer alive on the indirectbr edges as a result of the
6406// unmerging)
6407// ...
6408//
6409// DstBi:
6410// ...
6411// %UGEPI = gep %GEPI, (UIdx-Idx)
6412// ...
6413// ---------------------------
6414//
6415// The register pressure on the IndirectBr edges is reduced because %GEPIOp is
6416// no longer alive on them.
6417//
6418// We try to unmerge GEPs here in CodGenPrepare, as opposed to limiting merging
6419// of GEPs in the first place in InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst() so as
6420// not to disable further simplications and optimizations as a result of GEP
6421// merging.
6422//
6423// Note this unmerging may increase the length of the data flow critical path
6424// (the path from %GEPIOp to %UGEPI would go through %GEPI), which is a tradeoff
6425// between the register pressure and the length of data-flow critical
6426// path. Restricting this to the uncommon IndirectBr case would minimize the
6427// impact of potentially longer critical path, if any, and the impact on compile
6428// time.
6429static bool tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI,
6430 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
6431 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = GEPI->getParent();
6432 // Check that SrcBlock ends with an IndirectBr. If not, give up. The common
6433 // (non-IndirectBr) cases exit early here.
6434 if (!isa<IndirectBrInst>(SrcBlock->getTerminator()))
6435 return false;
6436 // Check that GEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index.
6437 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GEPI))
6438 return false;
6439 ConstantInt *GEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(GEPI->getOperand(1));
6440 // Check that GEPI is a cheap one.
6441 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(GEPIIdx->getValue(), GEPIIdx->getType())
6442 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6443 return false;
6444 Value *GEPIOp = GEPI->getOperand(0);
6445 // Check that GEPIOp is an instruction that's also defined in SrcBlock.
6446 if (!isa<Instruction>(GEPIOp))
6447 return false;
6448 auto *GEPIOpI = cast<Instruction>(GEPIOp);
6449 if (GEPIOpI->getParent() != SrcBlock)
6450 return false;
6451 // Check that GEP is used outside the block, meaning it's alive on the
6452 // IndirectBr edge(s).
6453 if (find_if(GEPI->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6454 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Usr)) {
6455 if (I->getParent() != SrcBlock) {
6456 return true;
6457 }
6458 }
6459 return false;
6460 }) == GEPI->users().end())
6461 return false;
6462 // The second elements of the GEP chains to be unmerged.
6463 std::vector<GetElementPtrInst *> UGEPIs;
6464 // Check each user of GEPIOp to check if unmerging would make GEPIOp not alive
6465 // on IndirectBr edges.
6466 for (User *Usr : GEPIOp->users()) {
6467 if (Usr == GEPI) continue;
6468 // Check if Usr is an Instruction. If not, give up.
6469 if (!isa<Instruction>(Usr))
6470 return false;
6471 auto *UI = cast<Instruction>(Usr);
6472 // Check if Usr in the same block as GEPIOp, which is fine, skip.
6473 if (UI->getParent() == SrcBlock)
6474 continue;
6475 // Check if Usr is a GEP. If not, give up.
6476 if (!isa<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr))
6477 return false;
6478 auto *UGEPI = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr);
6479 // Check if UGEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index and GEPIOp is
6480 // the pointer operand to it. If so, record it in the vector. If not, give
6481 // up.
6482 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(UGEPI))
6483 return false;
6484 if (UGEPI->getOperand(0) != GEPIOp)
6485 return false;
6486 if (GEPIIdx->getType() !=
6487 cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1))->getType())
6488 return false;
6489 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6490 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(UGEPIIdx->getValue(), UGEPIIdx->getType())
6491 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6492 return false;
6493 UGEPIs.push_back(UGEPI);
6494 }
6495 if (UGEPIs.size() == 0)
6496 return false;
6497 // Check the materializing cost of (Uidx-Idx).
6498 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6499 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6500 APInt NewIdx = UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue();
6501 unsigned ImmCost = TTI->getIntImmCost(NewIdx, GEPIIdx->getType());
6502 if (ImmCost > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6503 return false;
6504 }
6505 // Now unmerge between GEPI and UGEPIs.
6506 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6507 UGEPI->setOperand(0, GEPI);
6508 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6509 Constant *NewUGEPIIdx =
6510 ConstantInt::get(GEPIIdx->getType(),
6511 UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue());
6512 UGEPI->setOperand(1, NewUGEPIIdx);
6513 // If GEPI is not inbounds but UGEPI is inbounds, change UGEPI to not
6514 // inbounds to avoid UB.
6515 if (!GEPI->isInBounds()) {
6516 UGEPI->setIsInBounds(false);
6517 }
6518 }
6519 // After unmerging, verify that GEPIOp is actually only used in SrcBlock (not
6520 // alive on IndirectBr edges).
6521 assert(find_if(GEPIOp->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6522 return cast<Instruction>(Usr)->getParent() != SrcBlock;
6523 }) == GEPIOp->users().end() && "GEPIOp is used outside SrcBlock");
6524 return true;
6525}
6526
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00006527bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00006528 // Bail out if we inserted the instruction to prevent optimizations from
6529 // stepping on each other's toes.
6530 if (InsertedInsts.count(I))
6531 return false;
6532
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006533 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
6534 // It is possible for very late stage optimizations (such as SimplifyCFG)
6535 // to introduce PHI nodes too late to be cleaned up. If we detect such a
6536 // trivial PHI, go ahead and zap it here.
Daniel Berlin4d0fe642017-04-28 19:55:38 +00006537 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(P, {*DL, TLInfo})) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006538 P->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
6539 P->eraseFromParent();
6540 ++NumPHIsElim;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006541 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006542 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006543 return false;
6544 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006545
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006546 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006547 // If the source of the cast is a constant, then this should have
6548 // already been constant folded. The only reason NOT to constant fold
6549 // it is if something (e.g. LSR) was careful to place the constant
6550 // evaluation in a block other than then one that uses it (e.g. to hoist
6551 // the address of globals out of a loop). If this is the case, we don't
6552 // want to forward-subst the cast.
6553 if (isa<Constant>(CI->getOperand(0)))
6554 return false;
6555
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006556 if (TLI && OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CI, *TLI, *DL))
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006557 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006558
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006559 if (isa<ZExtInst>(I) || isa<SExtInst>(I)) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006560 /// Sink a zext or sext into its user blocks if the target type doesn't
6561 /// fit in one register
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006562 if (TLI &&
6563 TLI->getTypeAction(CI->getContext(),
6564 TLI->getValueType(*DL, CI->getType())) ==
6565 TargetLowering::TypeExpandInteger) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006566 return SinkCast(CI);
6567 } else {
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00006568 bool MadeChange = optimizeExt(I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006569 return MadeChange | optimizeExtUses(I);
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006570 }
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006571 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006572 return false;
6573 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006574
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006575 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
Hal Finkeldecb0242014-01-02 21:13:43 +00006576 if (!TLI || !TLI->hasMultipleConditionRegisters())
Peter Zotovf87e5502016-04-03 17:11:53 +00006577 return OptimizeCmpExpression(CI, TLI);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006578
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006579 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006580 LI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006581 if (TLI) {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006582 bool Modified = optimizeLoadExt(LI);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006583 unsigned AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006584 Modified |= optimizeMemoryInst(I, I->getOperand(0), LI->getType(), AS);
6585 return Modified;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006586 }
Hans Wennborgf3254832012-10-30 11:23:25 +00006587 return false;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006588 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006589
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006590 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006591 if (TLI && splitMergedValStore(*SI, *DL, *TLI))
6592 return true;
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006593 SI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006594 if (TLI) {
6595 unsigned AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006596 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, SI->getOperand(1),
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006597 SI->getOperand(0)->getType(), AS);
6598 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006599 return false;
6600 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006601
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00006602 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) {
6603 unsigned AS = RMW->getPointerAddressSpace();
6604 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, RMW->getPointerOperand(),
6605 RMW->getType(), AS);
6606 }
6607
6608 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) {
6609 unsigned AS = CmpX->getPointerAddressSpace();
6610 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, CmpX->getPointerOperand(),
6611 CmpX->getCompareOperand()->getType(), AS);
6612 }
6613
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006614 BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I);
6615
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00006616 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) &&
6617 EnableAndCmpSinking && TLI)
6618 return sinkAndCmp0Expression(BinOp, *TLI, InsertedInsts);
6619
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006620 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr ||
6621 BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)) {
6622 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BinOp->getOperand(1));
6623 if (TLI && CI && TLI->hasExtractBitsInsn())
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006624 return OptimizeExtractBits(BinOp, CI, *TLI, *DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006625
6626 return false;
6627 }
6628
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006629 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006630 if (GEPI->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
6631 /// The GEP operand must be a pointer, so must its result -> BitCast
6632 Instruction *NC = new BitCastInst(GEPI->getOperand(0), GEPI->getType(),
6633 GEPI->getName(), GEPI);
Vedant Kumar40399a22018-05-24 23:00:21 +00006634 NC->setDebugLoc(GEPI->getDebugLoc());
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006635 GEPI->replaceAllUsesWith(NC);
6636 GEPI->eraseFromParent();
6637 ++NumGEPsElim;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006638 optimizeInst(NC, ModifiedDT);
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006639 return true;
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006640 }
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006641 if (tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GEPI, TTI)) {
6642 return true;
6643 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006644 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006645 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006646
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006647 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006648 return optimizeCallInst(CI, ModifiedDT);
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006649
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006650 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006651 return optimizeSelectInst(SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006652
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006653 if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006654 return optimizeShuffleVectorInst(SVI);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006655
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006656 if (auto *Switch = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(I))
6657 return optimizeSwitchInst(Switch);
6658
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006659 if (isa<ExtractElementInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006660 return optimizeExtractElementInst(I);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006661
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006662 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006663}
6664
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006665/// Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bitreverse
6666/// idiom. If so, insert the new intrinsic and return true.
6667static bool makeBitReverse(Instruction &I, const DataLayout &DL,
6668 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6669 if (!I.getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6670 !TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BITREVERSE,
6671 TLI.getValueType(DL, I.getType(), true)))
6672 return false;
6673
6674 SmallVector<Instruction*, 4> Insts;
Chad Rosiera00df492016-05-25 16:22:14 +00006675 if (!recognizeBSwapOrBitReverseIdiom(&I, false, true, Insts))
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006676 return false;
6677 Instruction *LastInst = Insts.back();
6678 I.replaceAllUsesWith(LastInst);
6679 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(&I);
6680 return true;
6681}
6682
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006683// In this pass we look for GEP and cast instructions that are used
6684// across basic blocks and rewrite them to improve basic-block-at-a-time
6685// selection.
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00006686bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +00006687 SunkAddrs.clear();
Cameron Zwarich5dd2aa22011-03-02 03:31:46 +00006688 bool MadeChange = false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00006689
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00006690 CurInstIterator = BB.begin();
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00006691 while (CurInstIterator != BB.end()) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006692 MadeChange |= optimizeInst(&*CurInstIterator++, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00006693 if (ModifiedDT)
6694 return true;
6695 }
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00006696
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006697 bool MadeBitReverse = true;
6698 while (TLI && MadeBitReverse) {
6699 MadeBitReverse = false;
6700 for (auto &I : reverse(BB)) {
6701 if (makeBitReverse(I, *DL, *TLI)) {
6702 MadeBitReverse = MadeChange = true;
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +00006703 ModifiedDT = true;
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006704 break;
6705 }
6706 }
6707 }
James Molloy3ef84c42016-01-15 10:36:01 +00006708 MadeChange |= dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(&BB);
Junmo Park7d6c5f12016-01-28 09:42:39 +00006709
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006710 return MadeChange;
6711}
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006712
6713// llvm.dbg.value is far away from the value then iSel may not be able
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006714// handle it properly. iSel will drop llvm.dbg.value if it can not
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006715// find a node corresponding to the value.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006716bool CodeGenPrepare::placeDbgValues(Function &F) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006717 bool MadeChange = false;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00006718 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00006719 Instruction *PrevNonDbgInst = nullptr;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00006720 for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB.begin(), BE = BB.end(); BI != BE;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006721 Instruction *Insn = &*BI++;
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006722 DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(Insn);
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00006723 // Leave dbg.values that refer to an alloca alone. These
Craig Topper87e715f2017-11-07 20:56:17 +00006724 // intrinsics describe the address of a variable (= the alloca)
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00006725 // being taken. They should not be moved next to the alloca
6726 // (and to the beginning of the scope), but rather stay close to
6727 // where said address is used.
6728 if (!DVI || (DVI->getValue() && isa<AllocaInst>(DVI->getValue()))) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006729 PrevNonDbgInst = Insn;
6730 continue;
6731 }
6732
6733 Instruction *VI = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(DVI->getValue());
6734 if (VI && VI != PrevNonDbgInst && !VI->isTerminator()) {
Reid Kleckner8de1fe22015-12-08 23:00:03 +00006735 // If VI is a phi in a block with an EHPad terminator, we can't insert
6736 // after it.
6737 if (isa<PHINode>(VI) && VI->getParent()->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
6738 continue;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006739 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Moving Debug Value before :\n"
6740 << *DVI << ' ' << *VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006741 DVI->removeFromParent();
Reid Klecknere18f92b2015-12-08 22:33:23 +00006742 if (isa<PHINode>(VI))
6743 DVI->insertBefore(&*VI->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
6744 else
6745 DVI->insertAfter(VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006746 MadeChange = true;
6747 ++NumDbgValueMoved;
6748 }
6749 }
6750 }
6751 return MadeChange;
6752}
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +00006753
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006754/// Scale down both weights to fit into uint32_t.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006755static void scaleWeights(uint64_t &NewTrue, uint64_t &NewFalse) {
6756 uint64_t NewMax = (NewTrue > NewFalse) ? NewTrue : NewFalse;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006757 uint32_t Scale = (NewMax / std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max()) + 1;
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006758 NewTrue = NewTrue / Scale;
6759 NewFalse = NewFalse / Scale;
6760}
6761
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006762/// Some targets prefer to split a conditional branch like:
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006763/// \code
6764/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
6765/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
6766/// %or.cond = or i1 %0, %1
6767/// br i1 %or.cond, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
6768/// \endcode
6769/// into multiple branch instructions like:
6770/// \code
6771/// bb1:
6772/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
6773/// br i1 %0, label %TrueBB, label %bb2
6774/// bb2:
6775/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
6776/// br i1 %1, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
6777/// \endcode
6778/// This usually allows instruction selection to do even further optimizations
6779/// and combine the compare with the branch instruction. Currently this is
6780/// applied for targets which have "cheap" jump instructions.
6781///
6782/// FIXME: Remove the (equivalent?) implementation in SelectionDAG.
6783///
6784bool CodeGenPrepare::splitBranchCondition(Function &F) {
David Blaikiedc3f01e2015-03-09 01:57:13 +00006785 if (!TM || !TM->Options.EnableFastISel || !TLI || TLI->isJumpExpensive())
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006786 return false;
6787
6788 bool MadeChange = false;
6789 for (auto &BB : F) {
6790 // Does this BB end with the following?
6791 // %cond1 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
6792 // %cond2 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
6793 // %cond.or = or|and i1 %cond1, cond2
6794 // br i1 %cond.or label %dest1, label %dest2"
6795 BinaryOperator *LogicOp;
6796 BasicBlock *TBB, *FBB;
6797 if (!match(BB.getTerminator(), m_Br(m_OneUse(m_BinOp(LogicOp)), TBB, FBB)))
6798 continue;
6799
Sanjay Patel42574202015-09-02 19:23:23 +00006800 auto *Br1 = cast<BranchInst>(BB.getTerminator());
6801 if (Br1->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
6802 continue;
6803
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006804 unsigned Opc;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006805 Value *Cond1, *Cond2;
6806 if (match(LogicOp, m_And(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
6807 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006808 Opc = Instruction::And;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006809 else if (match(LogicOp, m_Or(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
6810 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006811 Opc = Instruction::Or;
6812 else
6813 continue;
6814
6815 if (!match(Cond1, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) ||
6816 !match(Cond2, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) )
6817 continue;
6818
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006819 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Before branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006820
6821 // Create a new BB.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smitha848c472016-02-21 19:52:15 +00006822 auto TmpBB =
6823 BasicBlock::Create(BB.getContext(), BB.getName() + ".cond.split",
6824 BB.getParent(), BB.getNextNode());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006825
6826 // Update original basic block by using the first condition directly by the
6827 // branch instruction and removing the no longer needed and/or instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006828 Br1->setCondition(Cond1);
6829 LogicOp->eraseFromParent();
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006830
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006831 // Depending on the condition we have to either replace the true or the
6832 // false successor of the original branch instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006833 if (Opc == Instruction::And)
6834 Br1->setSuccessor(0, TmpBB);
6835 else
6836 Br1->setSuccessor(1, TmpBB);
6837
6838 // Fill in the new basic block.
6839 auto *Br2 = IRBuilder<>(TmpBB).CreateCondBr(Cond2, TBB, FBB);
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006840 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond2)) {
6841 I->removeFromParent();
6842 I->insertBefore(Br2);
6843 }
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006844
6845 // Update PHI nodes in both successors. The original BB needs to be
Hiroshi Inoue6a391bb2017-06-27 10:35:37 +00006846 // replaced in one successor's PHI nodes, because the branch comes now from
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006847 // the newly generated BB (NewBB). In the other successor we need to add one
6848 // incoming edge to the PHI nodes, because both branch instructions target
6849 // now the same successor. Depending on the original branch condition
6850 // (and/or) we have to swap the successors (TrueDest, FalseDest), so that
Simon Pilgrimf2fbf432016-11-20 13:47:59 +00006851 // we perform the correct update for the PHI nodes.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006852 // This doesn't change the successor order of the just created branch
6853 // instruction (or any other instruction).
6854 if (Opc == Instruction::Or)
6855 std::swap(TBB, FBB);
6856
6857 // Replace the old BB with the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006858 for (PHINode &PN : TBB->phis()) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006859 int i;
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006860 while ((i = PN.getBasicBlockIndex(&BB)) >= 0)
6861 PN.setIncomingBlock(i, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006862 }
6863
6864 // Add another incoming edge form the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006865 for (PHINode &PN : FBB->phis()) {
6866 auto *Val = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(&BB);
6867 PN.addIncoming(Val, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006868 }
6869
6870 // Update the branch weights (from SelectionDAGBuilder::
6871 // FindMergedConditions).
6872 if (Opc == Instruction::Or) {
6873 // Codegen X | Y as:
6874 // BB1:
6875 // jmp_if_X TBB
6876 // jmp TmpBB
6877 // TmpBB:
6878 // jmp_if_Y TBB
6879 // jmp FBB
6880 //
6881
6882 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for NewBB.
6883 // The requirement is that
6884 // TrueProb for BB1 + (FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB)
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006885 // = TrueProb for original BB.
6886 // Assuming the original weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006887 // weights to A and A+2B, and set TmpBB's weights to A and 2B. This choice
6888 // assumes that
6889 // TrueProb for BB1 == FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB.
6890 // Another choice is to assume TrueProb for BB1 equals to TrueProb for
6891 // TmpBB, but the math is more complicated.
6892 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00006893 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006894 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
6895 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = TrueWeight + 2 * FalseWeight;
6896 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6897 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
6898 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6899
6900 NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
6901 NewFalseWeight = 2 * FalseWeight;
6902 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6903 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
6904 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6905 }
6906 } else {
6907 // Codegen X & Y as:
6908 // BB1:
6909 // jmp_if_X TmpBB
6910 // jmp FBB
6911 // TmpBB:
6912 // jmp_if_Y TBB
6913 // jmp FBB
6914 //
6915 // This requires creation of TmpBB after CurBB.
6916
6917 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for TmpBB.
6918 // The requirement is that
6919 // FalseProb for BB1 + (TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB)
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006920 // = FalseProb for original BB.
6921 // Assuming the original weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006922 // weights to 2A+B and B, and set TmpBB's weights to 2A and B. This choice
6923 // assumes that
6924 // FalseProb for BB1 == TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB.
6925 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00006926 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006927 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
6928 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
6929 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6930 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
6931 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6932
6933 NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight;
6934 NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
6935 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6936 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
6937 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6938 }
6939 }
6940
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006941 // Note: No point in getting fancy here, since the DT info is never
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +00006942 // available to CodeGenPrepare.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006943 ModifiedDT = true;
6944
6945 MadeChange = true;
6946
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006947 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "After branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump();
6948 TmpBB->dump());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006949 }
6950 return MadeChange;
6951}